as u; $$0
                HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

     AND COMMERCIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT CAPACITY

                      An Assessment
         This publication (SW-894) was prepared by
Booz-Allen & Hamilton, Inc. and Putnam, Hayes & Barlett,
      for the Office of Planning and Evaluation and the
                  Office of Solid Waste.
Inc.
            U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                           1980

-------
An environmental protection publication \SW-894) in the solid
waste management series.  Identification of specific firms in
this report does not constitute endorsement or approval by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does it necessarily
imply that these facilities have received Interim Status. Edit-
ing and technical content of this report were the responsibilities
of the contractor.

Questions concerning this report should be addi-essed to: Curtis
Haymore; Office of Management,  Information, and Analysis  (WH-562);
U.S. EPA; 401 M. St. S.W.; Washington, B.C. 20460.

-------
                          ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     This report was prepared by Booz, Allen  &  Hamilton Inc.  and
Putnam., Hayes  & .Bartlett, Inc.  The  Booz., Allen effort  was managed
by Ronald Kensicki and Patrick McCann under the overall direction •
of Alan Farkas, with support  from  Walter Mardis, Michael Sholder,
Lawrence Cahill, and Walter Eolman.  The Putnam., Hayes  & Bartlett
effort was directed by John Clement, with support from  John Butler
and Barbara Seigal.

     The EPA project officer., from the Office of Planning and
Evaluation, was Sam Napolitano.  Review assistance was  provided  by
many members of the Office of Solid  Waste staff, especially
Lawrence G. BUG and Curtis Haymore.  Helpful information for  the
Industrial Waste Generation section  of the report was provided by
Dr.  Douglas Shooter (Arthur D. Little, Inc.) and Jean Williams
(Pope Reid Associates).  For  the suitability of waste streams to
various, waste management options,  additional support was provided
by Olin Braids (Geraghty & Miller, Inc.) and James Thomas" (Texas
A&M University).

     We would also like to acknowledge the cooperation  of firms
that participated in our survey of the hazardous waste management
industry.   Helpful suggestions were provided by Dr.  Charles Johnson
of the National Solid Wastes Management Association.

-------

-------
                    TABLE   OF    CONTENTS
                                                              Page
                                                             Number
              EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  PART  I:     INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

        I.     INTRODUCTION TO PART I

      II.     APPROACH TO ESTIMATING INDUSTRIAL
              HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

    . III.     1980  AND 1981 HAZARDOUS WASTE
              GENERATION ESTIMATES

 PART II:     OFF-SITE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
              CAPACITY:

      IV.     INTRODUCTION TO PART II

       V.     PROFILE  OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTE
              MANAGEMENT INDUSTRY IN 1930

      VI.     FORECAST OF OFF-SITE HAZARDOUS WASTE
              MANAGEMENT CAPACITY, 1981 AND 1982

     VII.     THE POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SELECTED RCRA
              REQUIREMENTS ON OFF-SITE CAPACITY

PART III:     ASSESSMENT OF DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
              HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT CAPACITY

    VIII.     INTRODUCTION TO PART III

      IX.     1981  COMPARISON OF DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY
              OF OFF-SITE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
              CAPACITY

       X.     IMPORTANT FACTORS  FOR ASSESSING OFF-SITE
              CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS BEYOND 1981
    via
    1-1
   II-l
  III-l
   IV-1


   V-l


  VI-1


 VII-1
VIII-1
  IX-1
   X-l
                                     v

-------
                                                   Page
                                                  Number
REFERENCES

APPENDIX A -
             Estimation of Industrial Hazardous
             Waste Generation, 1980 and 1981
                                         Most
                                         1981
APPENDIX B - Methodology for Determining
             Probable Off-Site Demand in

APPENDIX C - Projected 1985 Industrial Hazardous
APPENDIX D

APPENDIX E
             Waste Generation by Industry

           - Hazardous Waste List

           - Interview Topics for Hazardous
APPENDIX F  - Methodology  for  Estimating Volumes
             and  Capacities of  Nonrespondent
             Firms

APPENDIX G  - Descriptions of  the Six  Major  Types
             of Hazardous Treatment/Disposal
             Practices

APPENDIX H  - 1985 National Forecast for  Capacity
             by Waste* Management Option

APPENDIX I  - Methodology  for  Developing  Capacity
             Forecasts

APPENDIX J  - Emerging Hazardous Waste Treatment
             and  Disposal Technologies
R-l


A-l


'B-I


C-l

D-l
             Waste Management Facility Operators   E-l
                                                   F-l




                                                   G-l



                                                   H-l



                                                   1-1



                                                   J-l
                              VI

-------
                    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
     The regulations that the Environmental Protection-
Agency (EPA) is designing -under the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act  (RCRA) require that hazardous wastes are
managed so as -to protect public health and the environment.
These regulations may cause important changes in the
demand for and supply of hazardous waste management
services.

     This study provides a picture of the hazardous waste
management industry and the potential demand for its
services in 1981, at the beginning of -the implementation
of RCRA.   The EPA intends this report to serve as a base-
line against which the future effects of RCRA on the
hazardous waste management industry and hazardous waste
generators can be evaluated.

The study is organized into three parts:

          In Part I, the study presents estimates of the-
          amounts of wastes likely to be processed by
          waste generators themselves and the wastes
          likely to be treated or disposed by the hazardous
          waste management industry at off-site facilities.
          These estimates are based on a comprehensive
          review of EPA-sponsored studies of industrial
          hazardous waste generation and disposal.

          In Part II,  the existing and planned -capacity
          of off-site facilities to manage hazardous wastes
          is reviewed.   Off-site capacity estimates are
          based on a survey of 90 of the 127 known hazard-
          ous waste treatment and disposal facilities
          operating in June of 1980.   For the 37 facilities
          for which data could not be obtained, volume and
          capacity data are imputed.
                           VII

-------
          In Part III, the study concludes by comparing
          the waste generation estimates with the off-      ;
          site capacity data, first nationally and then
          for each EPA region.

     There are important limitations to the use of these
data, which are described in the body of the report.        :
These limitations must be understood so that the findings   :
can be interpreted in the proper context.  The remainder
of this Executive Summary highlights the study's major
findings.

1.   IN 1981 MOST AREAS OF THE COUNTRY WILL HAVE SUFFICIENT
     OFF-SITE CAPACITY TO MANAGE HAZARDOUS WASTE, BUT SOME  ;
     AREAS ARE LIKELY TO FACE SHORTAGES

          For 1981, the best estimate of the nation's
          off-site annual capacity, 18.4 million wet
          metric tons  (WMT), is almost 9 million WMT
          over the estimated demand.  Because of uncer-
          tainty associated with the data, the difference   I
          between supply and demand could vary from a small :
          surplus of 1 million WMT to a large surplus of
          16 million WMT.

          Sufficiency is better determined on a regional    ;
          basis because transportation costs discourage
          shipping large volumes of wastes long distances.

          EPA Region V is projected to have the laraest
          capacity shortfall in 1981.  The region gen-      ;
          erates over 2.5 million WMT of wastes demanding
          off-site treatment or disposal, yet it has 2.0
          million WMT of capacity.  EPA Regions I, VII,
          VIII and X- also are projected to have shortfalls  i
          but the shortfalls are not as large and excess
          demand may be managed in neighboring regions.

          Excess capacity in a region does not guarantee that
          problems will not occur' for some waste streams.
                            Vlll

-------
       1981 SURPLUSES ( +  ) SHORTAGES (-)
         (THOUSAND WET METRIC TONS)
          NATIONAL TOTAL = 8,691
The accuracy of these  conclusions depends
on the  assumption, that generators who currently
process their own wastes will not shift signif-
icantly to off-site management of hazardous
wastes.
                    IX

-------
2.   BEYOND 1981, UNCERTAINTIES MAKE IT  DIFFICULT TO ASSESS
     THE SUFFICIENCY OF CAPACITY

           RCRA may cause  important changes  in both the
           supply of and demand for off-site hazardous
           waste management  capacity.

(1)   The Industry Plans to  Expand the Supply of Off-Site
     Capacity But Implementation of These Plans May Be
     Difficult                                               .

           The industry plans  an increase in annual off-
           site capacity of  15 percent by the end of 1981
           and an additional 6 percent by the end of 1982.

           Over the next two years, there is planned
           expansion for most types of waste management
           options.
9/1
£*fr
i 20
g
o
1 16
LU
3 12
a
«u
_i
S 8
4

INCINERATION -*-
RESOURCE
RECOVERY "*"


18.4
- CHEMICAL =
= TREATMENT 3
.<•• • 	 -— srr
E LAND d
: TREATMENT -
—
jjgi
^UNDFILL^
— -
- DEEP —
- WEIL —
E= INJECTION —
1980

V
^s"
t^"
f~
'm|
ANNUAL
GROWTH
RATES
21.1
TTi 1
	
1981
\
^
""-•-.^

22.3
==^=
=5i=!==
1982



     Note:  The capacities shown above do not reflect the variability
           of the estimates.  Furthermore, limitations in the forecasts
           exist because not all resource recovery operations were
           examined and the ability to increase landfill acreage
           beyond "permitted" capacity could not.be fully assessed
           by the industry participants.
                              x

-------
                  Public opposition to siting was reported as the
                  critical factor limiting expansion by the
                  hazardous waste management industry.  In addi-
                  tion to thwarting many attempts'at siting new
                  facilities, intense, public opposition has
                  forestalled expansion of existing facilities
                  and brought about the closing of some opera-
                  ting facilities.

                  Future RCRA standards that will govern the
                  design of facilities may reduce the capacity •
                  of various treatment options if some facilities
                  are not able to meet the standards.

        (2)   Beyond 1981, Demand for Off-Site Capacity Is Difficult
             to Estimate Because It Will Depend on Future Govern- .
             ment Regulatory Activities and Industry's Responses
             to the Regulations.

                  Demand for off-site capacity may increase as
                  EPA's definition of hazardous wastes expands..

                  Demand for off-site capacity may be reduced by
                  industry's efforts' to reduce the quantities of
                  waste generated.  These efforts may be encouraged
                  by increased costs of treatment and disposal and
                  the liabilities associated with hazardous wastes.

                  The influence of shifts in on-site/off-site
                  disposal practices will be critical to the
                  future demand for off-site capacity.  Because
                  most hazardous wastes are currently handled by
                  generators on their own sites, relatively minor
                  shifts -could mean large changes in  demand  for
                  off-site capacity.
                                     XI
_

-------

-------
               PART I




INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

-------

-------
               I.   INTRODUCTION TO PART I
     With the passage of the Federal Resource. Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), there is a legal basis  for  snsuring
that all environmental media are protected  from'pollutipn.
The coverage that the Clean Air Act provides  for air anc;  .:he
Clean Water Act gives to water is, now extended by RCRA  to
land and groundwater.  The regulations that are  being estab-
lished under the new law prohibit the indiscriminate use  of
the land as a final dumping place for wastes  and require
that hazardous wastes be managed so as to protect the human
health and the natural environment.

     The RCRA-based program relies on a  "cradle  to grave"
approach to the management of hazardous  wastes—requiring
controls over the wastes from the point  at  which they are
generated; through subsequent transport  of  the wastes;  and
finally to the point of ultimate, treatment, or disposal.1
The intent of, the RCRA-based program is  to  regulate  hazardous
wastes produced in the future.  The regulations  under RCRA
cover the three distinct phases of the hazardous waste  life
cycle:  generation  (RCRA Sections 3001 and  3002) , transport
(Section 3003), and storage,treatment, and disposal  (Sections
3004 and 3005).  The RCRA C rules resulting from the law provide
a means to identify hazardous wastes and set  standards  for
waste generators to follow in testing, labeling, ' storing,"'
and packaging waste materials.  Most significantly,  the
regulations.require generators of hazardous wastes to prepare
a manifest for all shipments of  such materials describing
the nature and volume of the wastes being transported and
the destination of the wastes.  The manifest  must accompany
the wastes and a copy is to be returned  to  the generator, by
the operator of the treatment/disposal site.  Transporters
of the wastes must comply with a variety of requirements
based largely on Federal Department of Transportation regu-
lations and are required to deliver hazardous wastes to the
specific site designated by the waste generator.

     EPA is in the process of issuing RCRA  C  regulations.
In February 1980, the  standards  applicable  to generators
and transporters of hazardous waste were issued  by the
     Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 Subtitle C - Hazardous
     Waste Management.
                             1-1

-------
Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA).   In May  1980, EPA    ;
then published the permit procedures and guidelines  for the:
approval of  state run programs,  the initial phase of the
hazardous waste list and characteristics, as"well as the
first phase  of the facility  standards dealing primarily with
good management practices and requirements for  closure and
postclosure  care of facilities.  A second phase of regula-
tions is expected in the Fall of 1980 that'will add additional
wastes to the waste list and set technical standards to allow
permits to be issued, based on the Agency's best engineering
judgment of  the technical requirements for individual facili-
ties.  A third phase of the regulations  would be promulgated
later in the 1980's, dealing with the resolution of technical
issues and setting-out more definitive engineering control  i
standards.

     EPA officials recognize that these  regulations may
cause several important changes  in the demand for and supply
of off-site commercial hazardous waste management services:

          Demand for environmentally adequate treatment andi
          disposal capacity may  increase.  Generators who
          currently utilize off-site facilities that do not
          meet the requirements of RCRA  will be forced to   ;
          begin transferring their wastes to facilities
          that do meet RCRA requirements.  Furthermore,
          some generators who currently  treat or dispose
          of their hazardous wastes on site may not be able
          to comply with the RCRA requirements and may be
          forced to begin sending their wastes to off-site
          facilities.

          Supply of environmentally adequate treatment and
          disposal capacity may decrease if some waste
          management facilities are not  able to meet the
          requirements established by the RCRA program.

     These changes are of concern to EPA because it has been
unclear whether there will be adequate capacity to treat and
dispose of hazardous wastes under the RCRA program.   No com-'
prehensive analysis had examined the demand for and supply
of off-site hazardous xvaste treatment and disposal capacity :
in the post-RCRA setting..  Therefore,  EPA decided to.under-.:  .
take such an assessment and the findings of this assessment •.
are the subject of this report.

     Part I provides estimates of industrial generation of
hazardous waste with an emphasis on the waste volumes that
currently and in the future will require off-site management.
                            1-2

-------
       Part II focuses on the supply of off-site waste management
       capacity, presenting estimates of the volumes processed and
       capacity of the hazardous waste management industry.

            A comparison of the demand for off-site hazardous waste
       management services developed in Part I with estimates of
       the available capacity presented in Part II is the subject
       of Part III of this report.  This comparison is made on a^
       region-by-region basis to provide an assessment of potential.
       off-site"capacity shortfalls in 1981.  'in general, all three
       parts present major findings and conclusions.  More detailed
       data, supporting materials and descriptions of the estimation
       methodologies used are contained in the appendices, which
       follow Part III.
            The following chapter will present the approach to
       estimating industrial hazardous waste generation as well as
       the scope of the demand assessment.  A summary of the meth-
       odology will be presented and. the limitations of the estimates
       will be discus.sed.
                                    1-3
_

-------

-------
         II.  APPROACH TO ESTIMATING INDUSTRIAL
                HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION
     The assessment of industrial hazardous waste genera-
tion requires estimates for each industry  (according  to
Standard Industrial Classification  (SIC) codes) and for
each EPA region.  The estimates are calculated  for the
total amount of hazardous waste generated  as well as  the
volume of wastes identified as requiring off-site disposal
for both 1980-and 1981.  These estimates are presented in
summary form in Chapter III and are presented in greater
detail in Appendix A  (Estimation of Industrial  Hazardous
Waste Generation, 1980 and 1981).

1.   ESTIMATES ARE BASED ON COMPREHENSIVE  REVIEW OF EPA-
     SPONSORED STUDIES OF INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS  WASTE
     GENERATION AND DISPOSAL

     EPA has sponsored a number of  studies of industrial
hazardous waste generation and disposal.   The most compre-
hensive published effort to date supports  the draft eco-
nomic impact analysis  (DEIA)  of the December  1978 Proposed
RCRA C Program.  This work relies heavily  on  a  series of
studies of  the hazardous waste generation  and disposal
practices of  14 industries  (see references (1)  through
 (14) in the bibliography).  Recent  efforts in  support of
the May 19, 1980 Phase I regulations  improve  on the pre-
•vious work  and allow  further  refinement of industry esti-
mates provided in this study  (see references  (15) and (16))

     Not all  industries are analyzed  in these  studies,
however,  so in addition to these studies,  two  other EPA
studies are used to  fill the  gaps:

          Subtitle C,  Resource Conservation  and Recovery
          Act of 1976.Draft Environmental  impact  State-
           ment and Appendices,  MITRE Corp.,
           (reference 17).
January 1979
           Technical Environmental Impacts of Various Ap-
           proaches for Regulatory Small Volume Hazardous
           Waste Generators,  Vols. I,  II/  TRW, December 1979
           (reference 12) .
                            II-l

-------
 Both of  these studies  relied  on state-sponsored  surveys
 of  hazardous  waste generators.   The  second  study also  ob-
 tained some information from  trade associations.

      The information available  from  these existing  sources
 is  catalogued and  adjusted  into a consistent  and traceable
 overview of industrial hazardous waste  generation.  The
 best waste generation  estimate  is selected  and then ad-
 justed to the 1980 time frame.   This approa'ch is designed
 to  build up sub-industry and  industry totals  from detailed
 waste stream  information.   This approach is used for a
 number of reasons.  First,  much of the  detailed  industry    ;
 waste stream  analysis  in support of  the EIA was  being  de-
 veloped  concurrently with this  effort.  It  was necessary,   :
 therefore, to be able  to readily adjust industry totals
 as  new information was developed..  Also,building industry
 totals up from individual waste stream  information  provides
 a basis  for more detailed analysis of the waste  generation
 situation.  Finally, the EPA  Waste List published with the
 Hazardous Waste Management  regulations  in May 1980  was
 changing during the conduct of  this  effort.   Therefore,
 the approach  enabled efficient  adjustment of  volumes in
 the various waste  categories  as the  regulations  were mod-   :
 ified.   A detailed description  of the actual  application
 of  this  approach is included  in Appendix A  (Estimation of
 Industrial Hazardous Waste  Generation,  1980 and  1981).

      All of the estimates of  quantities of  hazardous waste
 are based on  the assumption that the RCRA Interim Status
 Standards (ISS), which take effect in November 1980, will-   :
 not cause any major shifts  in the ratio of .on-site  to  off-site
disposal.  This assumption  is reasonable because it is      :
 believed  that  the  ISS  reaulations will not  place  a  sub-
 stantial  burden on  the industries regulated.

 2.    ESTIMATES  ARE  MADE  OF  THE  AMOUNT OF HAZARDOUS  WASTE    ',
      THAT WILL REQUIRE OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL     :

      For some industries, estimates  of on-site/off-site
 disposal volumes were  not reported by any of  the  EPA      -' ;
 studies.  Initially, these volumes were grouped into an     :
 "unknown disposal"  category.  This category is nearly  as
 large as  the  volume included  in the  known off-site  category.1
 The estimate  of off-site capacity demand could vary sig-
 nificantly depending on  how the wastes  in this "unknown     ;
 disposal" category  are actually allocated between on-site
 and off-site  disposal.   An  attempt is made  to allocate the
 waste into on-site  and off-site disposal and  a "most prob-
 able" off-site disposal  category is  created by adding  these '
                           II-2

-------
wastes to the "known off-site" estimates.  The methodology
used to allocate the "unknown disposal" waste volumes for
each-industry is presented in Appendix B (Methodology for
Determining Most Probable Off-Site Disposal in 1981).

3.   THERE ARE A NUMBER OF DATA LIMITATIONS THAT SHOULD
     'BE CONSIDERED WHEN USING THE RESULTS

     All of the studies used as the basis for the assess-
ment have indicated problems in identifying and character-
izing hazardous waste streams and hazardous waste constit-
uents.  For the most part, problems were the result of
data limitations due to uncertainty with respect to which
materials are actually hazardous, which materials are
present in different waste streams and the concentrations
and'  interactions of the various constituents.  Furthermore,
the different studies used different definitions of hazard-
ous wastes and hazardous constituents.  Therefore, the
types and volumes of wastes, identified as hazardous,
varied among the studies.

     Finally, the data in this report represent a nearly
comprehensive estimate of industrial hazardous waste gen-
eration; however, there are other hazardous wastes that
will be generated and need to be properly disposed of.
For  various reasons a number of known sources of hazardous
wastes are not included in this assessment, including:

          Hazardous Wastes From-Federal and Other Government
          Facilities.No current volume estimates are
          available.
          Discarded Products, Off-Specification Products,
          and Containers.  In general, the analysis to
          date has focused on process-related wastes
          generated by primary industries.  Some of the
          wastes in the above categories may be included,
          but in most instances, these wastes, especially
          at the user level, are not  included in the esti-
          mate.

          Spills and Abandoned Sites.  Cleanup of  spills
          of hazardous materials and  abandoned sites will
          generate wastes that must be disposed of properly
          under RCRA.  In some cases  this material could
          go to commercial waste disposal facilities,
          creating additional demand  for off-site  capacity.
                            II-3

-------
          The volume of this material is not included  in
          the estimates presented, but could be substantial
          in specific areas.

          Polychlorihated Biphenyls  (PCBs  ). The responsi-
          bility  for insuring the proper disposal of PCS's ;
          will be transferred to RCRA and  is currently
          regulated under the Toxic Substance Control  Act
          (TSCA).  PCBs  are an additional  15-35 thousand
          wet metric tons  (WMT) of wastes  to be disposed
          of off-site annually.

          State-Designated Hazardous Waste.  Some states
          have their own definitions of hazardous waste
          that may include materials in addition to those
          identified under RCRA.  In states where this is
          the case, additional off-site demand may be
          created, however, there is no evidence that  the  :
          volume  is significant.

          Industry-Perceived Hazardous Wastes.  Some in-
          dustries may treat wastes as hazardous even      ;
          though  they may not be included under RCRA.  If
          they choose to dispose of these wastes in an
          RCRA-approved facility, the actual demand could
          be greater than presented.

          Mining  Wastes.  Mining wastes are not included
          because they are generally handled on site.

          Small Volume Generator Wastes..  For most of  the
          industry segments, hazardous wastes generated
          by small volume generators (less than 1 WMT
          per month)  are excluded because this waste is
          expected to go to sanitary landfills.

The total of these missing wastes could increase the de-
mand for off-site disposal, but at this time it is impos-
sible to determine the extent.
     This chapter has discussed the scope and approach
of the industrial hazardous waste generation assessment.
The following chapter will present the findings of this
assessment and include estimates of total hazardous
waste generation by industry and EPA region.  "Most
probable" estimates of off-site capacity demand are
also presented.
                           II-4

-------
         III.  1980 AND 1981 HAZARDOUS WASTE
                    GENERATION ESTIMATES
     This chapter presents results of the analysis of in-
dustrial hazardous waste generation.  For the most part,
only the major findings are presented.  Greater detail on
the methodology used to develop these findings as well as
more disaggregated generation estimates are included in
Appendix A  (Estimation of  Industrial  Hazardous Waste Genera-
tion, 1980 and 1981). .Included in this chapter are:

          Estimates of the total volume of hazardous waste
          generated nationwide.

          Estimates of the regional distribution of hazard-
          ous waste generation.

          Estimates of the most probable volume and regional
          distribution of waste disposal at off-site facil-
          ities.

          Future trends in hazardous  waste generation and
          off-site demand.

This chapter presents estimates for. 1980 and  1981.  Appendix
•C(Projected 1985 Industrial Hazardous Waste Generation by
Industry) provides a forecast of the generation picture in
1985.  However, the 1985 forecast  is  subject  to considerable
uncertainty.
1.   ALMOST ALL INDUSTRIES GENERATE HAZARDOUS WASTES, 'BUT
     THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY DOMINATES, GENERATING MORE THAN
     60  PERCENT OF THE TOTAL

     Exhibit III-l presents estimates of hazardous waste
generation  by  industry and waste  category.  Almost every
major  industry generates hazardous waste.  By far the
largest  generator of  hazardous waste  in 1980  is  the Chemical
and Allied  Products.Industry, generating 62 percent of  the
total  (25,509  wet metric tons  (WMT))  as shown in Exhibit
III-2.   Other  major  contributors  to the volume of hazardous
waste  generated in 1980 include:

          The  Primary Metals  Industry - 10 percent  (4,061
          thousand WMT)
                           III-l

-------
                                                EXHIBIT  III-l
         1980 Estimated  Industrial Hazardous  Waste  Generation by  Industry, by  Waste  Category
                                         (Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
H
H
H
I

SIC
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
—

INDUSTRY
TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS
FURNITURE AND FIXTURES
PAPER AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
PETROLEUM AND COAL PRODUCTS
RUBBER AND MISC. PLASTIC PRODUCTS
LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING
STONE, CLAY AND GLASS PRODUCTS
PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES
FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS
MACHINERY, EXCEPT ELECTRICAL
ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC EOUIPMENT
TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED PRODUCTS
MISC. MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
NON-MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
TOTAL
EPA
WASTE LIST1
0
0
0
0
0
4,243
407
0
455
0
2,010
624
74
531
0
0
0
0
8,344
CHARACTERISTIC
WASTE2
203
0
0
0
0
17,902
1.712
0
19
0
905
46
0
87
0
0
0
0
20,874

UNKNOWN3
0
87
36
1,295
154
3,364
0
249
0
17
1.146
1,327
248
475
1,240
90
318
1,971
12,017

TOTAL4
203
87
36
1,295
154
25,509
2,119
249
474
17
4,061
1,997
322
1,093
1,240
90
318
1,971
41,235
                 Wastes listed on the EPA Waste List published on May 19, 1980 in  Part 261 and wastes that EPA
                 intends to list.  (See Appendix D for  EPA Waste List used in the study.)

                2
                 Wastes identified as hazardous by RCRA  characteristics, but not included on the EPA Hazardous
                 Waste List.              .i


                 Wastes not identified specifically enough  (either by type or quantity) to determine their
                 waste category.        ;                                                  .         •;  -

                4 ~  ~~	  ~  r~-     "' "	"~  '""	:    	""	~	~:   ~-'-"  '  " ' -'-.-•*---	
                 These estimated are subject-to varying  degrees of uncertainty.  At the national level,1the
                 total generation estimate could vary,from  27,765,to 53,864 thousand WMT.,         .-- •  ;
                Source:   Putnam, Hayes and Bartlett

-------
                                  EXHIBIT  III-2
             Percentage of 1980  Hazardous Waste Generation
           by Standard Industrial  Classification  (SIC)  Code
         Total  =  41,235
                    thousand
                    WMT
     SIC 26
   PAPER AND
 ALLIED PRODUCTS
  NON-MANUFACTURING
          5%
            SIC 37
        TRANSPORTATION •
           EQUIPMENT
                                                           SIC 28
                                                        CHEMICALS AND
                                                       ALLIED PRODUCTS
                                                             62%
    SIC  33
PRIMARY  METALS
  INDUSTRIES
     10%
                              SIC 36
                           ELECTRIC AND
                       ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                          SIC 29
                      PETROLEUM AND
                      COAL PRODUCTS
                                        SIC 34
                                      FABRICATED
                                    METAL  PRODUCTS
'ALL OTHER
 SIC 22 TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
 SIC 24 LUMBER AND WOOD  PRODUCTS
 SIC 25 FURNITURE AND FIXTURES
 SIC 27 PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
 SIC 30 RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
 SIC 31 LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING
 SIC 32 STONE, CLAY AND GLASS PRODUCTS
 SIC 35 MACHINERY EXCEPT  ELECTRICAL
 SIC 38 INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED PRODUCTS
 SIC 39 MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
  z NON-MANUFACTURING CATEGORIES:

   SIC  5085 DRUM  RECONDITIONERS
   SIC  07   AGRICULTURAL SERVICES
   SIC  5161 CHEMICAL WAREHOUSES
   SIC  40   RAILROAD TRANSPORTATION
   SIC  55   AUTOMOTIVE  DEALERS AND
           GASOLINE SERVICE STATIONS
   SIC  72   PERSONAL SERVICES
   SIC  73   BUSINESS SERVICES
   SIC  76   MISC.  REPAIR SERVICES
   SIC  80   HEALTH SERVICES
   SIC  82   EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
 Source:   Putnam, Hayes and  Bartlett
                                         III-3

-------
          The Petroleum and Coal Products Industry -  5 per-
          cent  (2,119 thousand WMT)

          The Fabricated Metals Products Industry - 5 per-
          cent  (1,997 thousand WMT).

     The information in Exhibits III-l and III-2 are  a sum-
mary of the detailed description of hazardous waste genera-
tion by industry and by waste category included in Exhibit
A-l, Appendix A.  Exhibit A-l provides additional information
on the percent  each industry contributes to the total volume
of hazardous waste to be generated nationwide, and upper   ,
and lower bounds for each estimate.  These estimates are sub-
ject to varying degrees of uncertainty - from plus or minus
100 percent to plus or minus 10 percent.  The national genera-
tions estimate is judged to be approximately plus or minus
31 percent.


     Only 20 percent of the total 41,235 thousand WMT of
hazardous wastes are known to be specifically included in
the EPA Waste List.  The EPA Waste List used for this, study
was based on a  March  1980 list which included those  wastes-
listed on the May 19 listings, the planned summer of  1980
listings and the planned fall of 1980 listings.

2.   EPA REGIONS IV AND VI WILL EXPERIENCE THE LARGEST
     GENERATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE IN 1980

     The generation of hazardous wastes within a region
reflects the particular makeup of the industry in that
region.  For example, the chemicals industry is concentrated
in Regions IV and VI, whereas the primary metals industry
is concentrated in Region V.  Exhibit III-3 shows the
distribution of hazardous waste generation by EPA region.
More than 50 percent of the total volume of hazardous wastes
generated nationwide will originate from Regions IV and VI,
with an additional 16 percent being generated from industries
within Region V.  Regions IV, V, and VI combined will be
responsible for two-thirds of the nation's total volume of
hazardous waste generation.  A more detailed profile of
the quantity of hazardous waste generation by industry, and
by region for 1980 is presented in Exhibit A-2, Appendix A.

3.   APPROXIMATELY 23 PERCENT OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTES ARE
     DISPOSED OFF-SITE ACCORDING TO A "MOST PROBABLE" ESTIMATE

     Exhibit III-4 shows estimates of the regional distri-
bution of total hazardous waste generation, known off-site
waste disposal  and unknown waste disposal for 1980.  Also
                           III-4

-------
                                             EXHIBIT III-3-
                    1980 Industrial  Hazardous Waste Generation Within Each EPA Region
                              (Thousand WMT and  Percent of Total Nationwide)
H
H
I
        ^PERCENTAGES MAY NOT TOTAL TO 100%
         DUE TO ROUNDING


        Source:  Putnam, Hayes  and Bartlett

-------
                                           EXHIBIT III-4
                        1980  and 1981 Industrial  Hazardous Waste  Generation
                         and  Most Probable Off-Site Disposal, by  EPA Region
                                    (Thousand Wet  Metric Tons)
H
H
I
CTi
REGION
1
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
1980
TOTAL
1.104
3,113
4,354
10,353
6,428
10,536
1,201
318
2,838
995
41,235
OFFSITE
299
652
604
913
1,330
1,029
252
106
535
348
6,069
UNKNOWN
368
540
470
674
1,537
524
233
61
511
241
5,159
1981
TOTAL
1,131
3,216
4,507
10,697
6.611
11,025
1,231
325
2,925
1,023
42,694
OFFSITE
303
673
622
940
1,368
1.059
257
108
552
357
6,251
UNKNOWN
385
564
492
706
1,604
549
243
62
534
249
5.395
MOST
PROBABLE
580
1,022
922
1,358
2,517
1,346
440
154
896
503
9,738
                      Note:  Detail may not add to total because of rounding.

                      Source:  Putnam, Hayes & Bartlett

-------
shown in this exhibit is an estimate of the regional dis-
tribution of "most probable" off-site disposal for 1981.
These estimates have been developed for use in Part III
of this report which compares off-site capacity to demand
for off-site capacity in 1981.  The "most probable" esti-
mate is that approximately 23 percent of hazardous wastes
will be disposed off-site in 3981..  The methodology used
to develop the "most probable" estimates for each industry
is contained in Appendix B (Methodology for Determining
Most Probable Off-Site Disposal in 1981).  The methodology for
the most probable estimates for each industry, developed on a
nationwide basis, is also applied to develop regional generation
estimates.

     Most of the waste demanding off-site disposal is
generated by Region IV,V and VI.  Exhibit III-5 shows
that of the 9,738 thousand WMT of most probable off-site
disposal in 1981, 14 percent, 26  percent and 14 percent
will be generated within Regions IV, V, and VI respectively.

4.   THE PRIMARY METALS, PETROLEUM AND COAL PRODUCTS,
     AND CHEMICALS INDUSTRIES CONSTITUTE 34 PERCENT OF
     MOST PROBABLE OFF-SITE DISPOSAL DEMAND IN 1981.

     The industrial categories showing the largest percent-
ages of most probable off-site disposal are:

          Non-Manufacturing Industries               15%

          SIC 33 Primary Metals                      14%

          SIC. 28 Chemical and Allied Products        12%

          SIC 34 Fabricated Metal Products           17%

          SIC 29 Petroleum and Coal Products          8%

          SIC 36 Electric and Electronic Equipment    9%

     The chemicals industry while generating more than
60 percent  (26,523 thousand WMT) of the total 1981 volume
of hazardous waste nationwide, represents only 12 percent
(1,165 thousand WMT) of the off-site disposal demand.
Conversely, the primary metals industry generates'only
10 percent  (4,16,7 thousand WMT) of the national volume
hazardous wastes but represents 14 percent (1,398 thousand
WMT) of the most probable off-site disposal demand  (see
Appendix A and B for details).
                          III-7

-------
                                          EXHIBIT III-5
                           1980 Industrial  Hazardous Waste Generation
                         Most Probable Off-Site  Disposal,  by EPA Region
                  (Thousand wet metric tons and  percentage of total nationwide)
H
H
H
I
00
        Source:  Putnam, Hayes & Bartlett

-------
5.   THERE ARE A NUMBER OF FACTORS  THAT  MAY  AFFECT THE
     VOLUME OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATED AND RESULTING
     DISPOSAL PRACTICES

     The overall growth of hazardous  waste generation and off-
site disposal demand  is based on an overall  3.5 percent pro-
jection of industrial growth.1   Certain  industries will grow
at a faster pace, however, while others  may  experience little
or no growth.  Actual differences in  industry growth rates may
change the mix of hazardous waste generated.  In addition to
the absolute growth in each industry,  the increased control
of air and water pollution from  existing plants and New
Source Performance Standards  for new  plants  will result in a
larger volume of wastes generated that EPA may designate
as hazardous.

     During the next  few years there are a number  of other
forces that will tend  both to increase the, quantity of
hazardous wastes covered under RCRA and  to'decrease the
volume of hazardous wastes, which include:

          Additional waste streams, heretofore  not
          identified,  will be added as the RCRA standards
          for defining hazardous wastes  become  more fully
          developed.
                                                            \
          On the other hand,  as  RCRA regulations begin
          to take hold, wastes will be brought  into
          the system and costs of handling the  wastes  will
          increase.  In addition, the manifest  system
          will increase the public  visibility of waste.
          Both these factors will increase the  motivation
          to reduce the quantities  of hazardous waste
          being generated by industry.   Generators  will
          control hazardous waste generation through
          segregation of hazardous  and non-hazardous
          waste streams,  process changes, dewatering,
          pretreatment and recycling of waste materials.
          The following provides examples of four  tech-
          niques that are currently being used  or  con-
          sidered:

               In many cases it  is  possible  to  isolate a
               hazardous waste stream, thereby  preventing
               it from contaminating non-hazardous wastes.
               Analysis of the textile industry revealed
               that the initial waste estimates could  be
               reduced by nearly 80 percent  using  this
               approach.
    Industry specific growth rates were applied to develop 1981 forecasts.
                         III-9

-------
                Many  Industrie's  use hazardous chemicals
                in their processes.  In some instances, it
                is possible to change to non-hazardous
                chemicals.   For  example, the hazardous
                oil used in cold rolling of steel could be
                changed under proper conditions.  The tex-
                tile  industry could also change to non-
                toxic dyes.

                Many  industries  could decrease the quantities
                of hazardous wastes by dewatering.  For
                example, the electroplaters could reduce
                the volume  of certain waste streams 5 to
                10 times by increasing the density of
                solids from the  clarifier from about 3      :
                percent to  about 25 percent.  In addition,
                acidic and basic waste streams can some-
                times be neutralized thereby eliminating
                their hazardous  characteristics.

                As the cost of disposal increases, the
                economics of recycling becomes more at-     :
                tractive.  For example, electroplaters are
                beginning to recycle cadmium and  lead  from
                their wastes.

      As RCRA is  implemented and the costs  of proper  disposal
of hazardous wastes are defined, the on-site/off-site_deci-;
sions of many firms will be  re-evaluated.   It is  difficult
to draw broad conclusions  as to the direction the trend
might take.l  In  fact  it will be a local decision based on
a number of factors including:                              ;

           The  effectiveness of RCRA

           The  availability  of  local disposal  facilities
           and  the cost of disposal.

However, even a slight shift in the off-site/on-site  disposal
ratio could substantially  change the off-site disposal_demand.
For example, if 2 percent  of the approximately  30 million
WMT of wastes that are disposed on site were to shift to
off-site disposal, off-site demand would increase by  10
percent or 600  thousand WMT.
      See Appendix C, Projected 1985 Industrial Hazardous Waste Generation
      By Industry
                            111-10

-------
     This part of the report has presented estimates of
industrial hazardous waste generation by industry and EPA
region.  The findings presented in this part were based on
a comprehensive review of EPA-sponsored studies of industrial
hazardous waste generation.  The next part of this report
will, present an assessment of the supply of commercial off-
site hazardous waste management capacity.
                         III-ll

-------

-------
                   PART II




OFF-SITE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT  CAPACITY

-------

-------
                IV.   INTRODUCTION TO  PART  II
     The Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act of 1976
(RCRA) authorizes the establishment of  a national program
to regulate  hazardous waste. -1-  The  EPA  has begun issuing
regulations  which establish a manifest  system to track
and control  hazardous waste from point  of generation to
ultimate disposal.   Requirements pertain to waste generators
managing their  wastes on site, to waste transporters, and
to owners and operators of commercial facilities offering
treatment, storage,  and disposal services%  In February
1980, the standards  applicable to generators and transporters
of hazardous waste were issued.  In May 1980, EPA then
published the permit procedures and guidelines for the
approval of  state-run programs, the initial phase of the
hazardous waste list and characteristics, as well as the
first phase  of  the facility standards dealing primarily with
good management practices.  A second phase of. regulations is
expected in  the fall of 1980 that will  add additional wastes
to the waste list and set technical standards which will
allow permits to be  issued based on the Agency's best
engineering  judgment of the technical requirements that
individual facilities must meet.  A third phase of the
regulations  should be promulgated later in the 1980s dealing
with the resolution  of technical issues and setting out more
definitive engineering control standards.

     EPA officials recognize that these regulations may
cause several important changes in  the  supply and demand
relationship for commercial hazardous waste management
services:

          Supply may be reduced if  some waste management
          facilities close because  they cannot comply with
          the regulations.
     RCRA defines a hazardous waste as  "a solid waste, or combination
     of solid wastes, which because of  its quantity,  concentration,  or
     physical, chemical or infectious characteristics may cause, or
     significantly contribute to, an increase  in mortality or an increase
     in serious irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness;  or
     pose a substantial-present or potential hazard to human health  or
     the environment when improperly treated,  stored, transported, or
     disposed of, or otherwise managed."  Resource Conservation and
     Recovery Act (P.L. 94-580), Subtitle A.
                             IV-1

-------
           Demand for off-site capacity may  increase:

           -     When waste defined as hazardous  under  RCRA
                requires hazardous waste management in
                accordance with RCRA C requirements rather
                than by traditional disposal practices such
                as sanitary landfills.

                If hazardous waste generators  shift from on-
                site to off-site hazardous waste management.

Because of their concern over the capacity  for  environmentally
sound hazardous waste management, EPA decided to undertake an
assessment of  the current and future off-site waste management
capacity.  This effort represents an update of  a 1976 study of
off-site capacity performed by this EPA contractor-.1   This ;
Part focuses on the supply of off-site waste  management
capacity.  Part I of this report presented  the  demand for off-
site hazardous waste capacity and :Part III will present a
comparison of  supply and demand on a region-by-region basis.

     The remainder of this introduction presents the  scope,
approach, key  assumptions and limitations of  the study.

1.   THE STUDY SHOWS CURRENT VOLUMES AND CAPACITIES OF
     OFF-SITE  WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES AND FORECASTS
     CAPACITY  TO 1985•

     For 1980,  the volumes and capacities 2  for  off-site
waste management services are presented in terms of:        •

          Waste management options

          -     Incineration

                Landfill
     Booz, Allen and Hamilton, Potential for Capacity Creation in the
     Hazardous Waste Management Service Industry,  1976.

     Volumes refer to the amount of waste actually processed by the
     industry. Capacity refers to the maximum quantities  of wastes
     that could be treated at existing facilities.
                             IV-2

-------
          -    Land treatment

               Chemical treatment  (includes  chemical,
               biological and physical  processes)

               Deep-well injection

               Resource recovery

          EPA Regions.

     The capacity data for  1980 include only those facilities
whose owners thought they would comply  with  the Interim Status
Standards  (ISS) of the RCRA C 3004  regulations.   Because most
interviews with owners were conducted prior  to the issuance
of regulations on May 19, 1980, the owners'  assessment of
their compliance plans with ISS were based on their under-
standing of the proposed regulations of December 18, 1978.
Generally, the ISS as promulgated .in May 1980 are less
stringent than the proposed regulations of 1978.

2.   THE STUDY IS BASED ON  A COMPREHENSIVE SURVEY OF
     HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FIRMS

     The approach used during the  study consisted of nine
steps:

          Identify all commercial  treatment  and disposal
          facilities in the U.S. based  on EPA Headquarters.
          data and interviews with the  EPA Regional offices.

          Obtain OMB Clearance  (Number  158S75018)  for
          interviewing industry participants on a confiden-
          tial basis  (if desired by participants).

          Conduct telephone or personal interviews with as
          many waste management firms as possible to deter-
          mine the participants, current volumes, 1980
          capacities, and future expansion plans and to
          discuss'types of  wastes  handled, innovative
          technologies, and pricing strategies.   (A table
           summarizing the interview topics is included in
          Appendix E).

           Impute data for firms not interviewed.
     Solar evaporation or ponding is included as  land treatment'because
     of the close interrelationship of the two techniques.
                             IV-3

-------
           Aggregate the reported and  imputed data by waste ;
           management option and EPA region.                 ;

           Consider the impact on future  capacity of potential
           new entrants to the industry,.emerging innovative
           technologies, and RCRA requirements.

           Forecast treatment and disposal  capacities for
           1981,  1982, and 1985.

           Review the list of sites, findings and key
           assumptions with several industry  experts.

           Document results of data gathering and analyses
           in this final report.

     Two  lists of facilities engaged  in  the  hazardous waste^
management industry were used as a starting  point for"
identifying current"participants:.

           Firms  identified in Booz, Allen's  study for EPA,
           Potential for Capacity Creation  in the Hazardous
           Waste  Management Service Industry,  1976.

           A list of 110 organizations operating  155  facili-
           ties compiled by the EPA in 1979,

     Each  of  the firms  listed in the two studies  plus"any  ' '
additional  facilities identified during the  course of this '.
study were  contacted.-  Potential additional  facilities were:
identified  from  three sources:

          Discussions with industry participants.

          Telephone interviews  with each EPA regional office.

          Publications  from the states of Missouri and      ;
          Connecticut listing hazardous waste disposal
           sites.1
     Treatment,  Storage, and Disposal Facilities Available to Connecticut
     Industries, State of Connecticut, Department of Environmental    :
     Protection, Facilities Available to Missouri Industry For
     Hazardous Waste Management, Missouri Department of Natural Re-
     sources.
                            IV-4

-------
About 15 of the firms on the EPA list, originally .thought
to be operating hazardous waste facilities were actually
only involved in hauling and an additional 12 firms had
gone out of business.  Based on all the above sources,
127 facilities that as of June were engaged in the hazard-
ous waste management industry were identified.  Data on
current volume, capacity, and future expansion plans, pre-
sented in this study, are based primarily on interviews
with these firms.  The study data base was compiled through:

          Personal interviews with 15 management  firms
          operating 43 facilities.

          Telephone interviews with 40 firms and  organiza-
          tions operating 43 facilities.

          Telephone interviews with selected state agencies
           (such as California Water Quality Control Boards)
          to supplement  and verify reported facility data.
          Data on an additional 3 organizations operating
          4 facilities were obtained.

          The remaining  35 participating organizations
          representing 37 facilities were contacted but
          did not provide data.   It was assumed that these-
          firms are treating hazardous waste, and data
          were estimated for these firms  (see Appendix F
          for methodology).

3.   LIMITATIONS OF THE DATA AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
     NECESSARILY RESULT IN POTENTIAL ERROR

     The estimates for volumes presented in this  report
refer to the estimated quantities of hazardous wastes
actually treated or disposed of by the hazardous  waste
management industry in 1980.  The estimates for capacity
refer to the 'estimated maximum amount of hazardous waste
which could be treated at existing facilities without under-
taking major capital expenditures.  Since the actual capacity
of a facility often depends on the types of wastes being
treated or disposed, the current mix of hazardous waste is
assumed in defining capacity.  Several additional•assumptions
were made during the course of this analysis which are
important to the proper  interpretation of the results.  These
assumptions are necessary to convert data to a consistent
basis, wet metric tons (WMT), when conversion factor estimates
were not available.

          Volumes reported in gallons are transformed into
          wet metric tons assuming that the waste has the
          density of water at 8.34 pounds/gallon  or 0.00378
                            IV-5

-------
      metric tons/gallon.  This conversion  assumption
      is also used by several firms  in  the  industry.    :

      Volumes reported in cubic yards are converted
      into wet metric tons assuming  that the waste has
      the density of water at 62.4 pounds/cubic foot or
      0.76 metric tons/cubic yard where the density was
      suggested by several landfill  operators to make   '.
      the necessary conversion. •L

      Volumes reported processed in  landfills are
      assumed to be bulk material unless specific dis-
      tribution between drums and bulk  was  stated.       :

      Capacity reported in acres is  converted to wet
      metric tons by assuming each acre has 430,000
      cubic feet of available capacity  and  12,100 WMT   ;
      can be disposed of in each acre.  In  general, four
      interrelated factors influence the capacity,  as
      measured in wet metric tons, that can be disposed
      of per acre:

           The overall size of the landfill.   This  defines
           how much can be utilized  for disposal and how
           much must be used as buffer.  The smaller the
           landfill, the greater the proportion of  acreage
           which must be used as buffer.

           The size of the trenches.  A typical trench
           may have surface dimensions  of 100 by 200 feet
           and have an average depth of 30  feet.

           The percentage utilization within a trench.
           The percentage of the trench utilized for
           hazardous waste disposal depends on the
           materials being disposed and the spacing
           practices of the operator.

      -     The density of the material.  There is signif-
           icant variability depending  on the actual
           wastes being disposed.   The  assumption of    ;
           12,100 WMT per acre is based on  the advice of
           several landfill operators rather  than
           explicit assumptions about each  of the
           parameters that affect landfill  capacity.
Some other industry participants suggested using a higher conversion;
factor (up to 0.90 metric tons/cubic yard or up to 18 percent higher
than the conversion factor applied). However, because landfills
currently handle such a wide variety of waste types, the	more
universally accepted estimate of 0.76 is applied.
                        IV-6

-------
          All wastes judged to be hazardous by  the waste
          management firms are assumed  to be  hazardous
          as defined by RCRA.  This assumption  was veri-
          fied by several key industry  participants.

     It is important to the proper interpretation of  our
findings that the reader recognize that the capacity  and
volume estimates presented in this report represent a mix-
ture of data obtained from firms interviewed  and data
imputed for nonrespondent firms.  In  Chapter  V  of  the
report, the volume data'reported and  imputed  for each waste
management option are presented.  On  a  national basis, the
reported data as a percent of the total for each waste
management option varies from a low of  76 percent  for re-
source recovery to a high of 97 percent for deep well
injection.  Based on the percent of reported  data  and on  an
assumption that all current facilities  are identified, the
EPA contractor judges the volume and  capacity data presented
in this report may vary as follows:

          For national 1980 volume data,  within +  12  percent
          accuracy.  The derivation of  this range  assumes1
          that reported volumes have  a  variation of + 10
          percent and that estimated  volumes  could vary by
          +30 percent.  Since 88 percent of  the total
          national volume is accounted  for by reported data,
          the range of accuracy for total volume on a
          national basis is approximately + 12  percent.

          For national  1980  capacity  data, within an error
          range of  +  24  percent.   The derivation of this
          range assumes-^-  that  reported capacities are ac-
          curate within +_ 20 percent  and imputed capacities
          could vary  by +_70  percent.   Reported  capacity is
          93 percent  of  the  total  estimate.

          For national  capacity  projections and regional
          volumes  and capacities,  data are subject to
          further  variations  that  will be discussed in
          detail along  with  the  findings in the following
          chapters.

      Although the  basis  of  these  error ranges is the con-
tractor's professional  judgment,  every effort has been made
to verify our results by comparing them to industry's best
      Error ranges are based on professional  judgment of the EPA
      contractor.  The validity of these assumptions was verified with
      several of the industry participants.
                            IV-7

-------
estimates of volumes and capacity.  Several industry partici-
pants agree that these assumptions are reasonable, however,:
we have presented the data in such,a way as. to facilitate
the use of alternative assumptions by the reader.          :
     The remainder of Part II presents the results of the
capacity assessments.  In Chapter V, a profile of the waste
management industry is presented, describing the services
offered, the number and types of firms involved, current
volumes handled, capacities, and prices.  In Chapter VI, the
focus is on forecasts of industry capacity.  In Chapter VII,
the potential influence of some RCRA regulatory provisions
is presented.
                           IV-8

-------
             V.  PROFILE OF THE HAZARDOUS  WASTE
                   MANAGEMENT  INDUSTRY  IN  1980
     A definition of the  hazardous  waste  management industry
in 1980 is difficult to formulate because the industry is
new and undergoing .rapid  change.  For purposes of this study,
the industry  includes  all facilities  engaged in the treat-
ment and disposal of hazardous  waste  for  a fee, but does not
include recovery operations,  such as  those buying and selling
solvents, or  storage and  transfer stations which may be
handling, wastes classified as hazardous.   To be included
within this definition, a facility  must have plans to
operate under the Interim Status Standards of RCRA.  Based
on this definition, this  study  identified 89 firms, three
'municipalities and  one quasi-public agencyJ- operating 127
hazardous waste management facilities.

     Some of  the key findings to be discussed in this chapter
are:

          In  1980,  approximately 7  million wet metric tons
           (WMT) of  hazardous- waste  will be treated/disposed
          by  the  industry for generators.  A total of 7.2
          million WMT  will actually be processed because
          some wastes  require treatment by 2 waste manage-
          ment processes.

          Volumes  and  capacities vary greatly among the ten
          EPA regions, with 44  percent of national volume
          being managed in two  EPA  regions  (VI and IX).

          Currently on a  national  basis there is substantial
          unused  capacity.

     The  remainder  of  this chapter  presents a profile of the
 hazardous waste management industry in 1980 in terms of
 participants, current  volume handled, management and storage
 capacity,  and prices  for  services  offered.

 1.   THE  HAZARDOUS  WASTE  INDUSTRY  IS YOUNG BUT HAS
     EXPERIENCED  RAPID GROWTH IN  THE LAST DECADE

     The  hazardous waste  management industry has experienced
 rapid  growth since its inception  in the  1960s.  Initially,
 1
The Texas Gulf.. Coast Waste Disposal Authority.,,
                              V-l

-------
facilities utilized mostly incineration,  landfill, and
chemical treatment technologies to  service the needs of
local  industries.   Over time, some  firms  began offering a  :
broader  range of services to existing  customers and pursued
new customers outside their immediate  locale.   In addition,
some firms in related businesses, such as hauling and sanitary
landfills, perceived the potential  for high profits and
diversified into the industry.  A smaller number of entrants
were_from totally unrelated industries.   The major firms, in-
cluding  Waste Management, BFI, Rollins Environmental Services,
and SCA,  which today dominate the industry,  did not enter the
hazardous waste management field until the early 1970s.

     Revenues for  the hazardous waste  management industry
have grown rapidly over the past decade.   During the period
1971 to  1980,  revenues grew at a rate  of  approximately 20
percent  per year.   In 1971, revenues were estimated at $60
million  and in 1980,  revenues are estimated  to  be between  :
$265 and  $315  million.1

     From 1975 to  1980, the total number  of  facilities
operating has  increased, 110 facilities in 19752  compared to
127 facilities in  1980.  However, a number of  facilities have
been shut down for environmental, reasons.  There  has been a
trend of  larger firms purchasing smaller  firms  that typically
own a single  facility.   Although the industry  is  still in the
early stages  of development,  the industry  can be  characterized
in terms  of three  groups of firms:

           The  majors,  the largest four firms, account  for  :
           approximately 45 percent  of  industry  revenues  and
           waste management volumes.   These firms  operate on
           a national  scale and offer a broad range  of  waste
           management  services.

           A second tier of eight or  nine privately  held,
           regionally  focused  firms,  some of which operate
           full-service  facilities, account for about 12
           percent  of  industry revenues and volumes.
     The 1976 revenue estimate based on:  Booz,  Allen & Hamilton Inc.,
     Potential for Capacity Creation in-the Hazardous Waste Management '•.
     Service Industry, 1976 for U.S. EPA.The 1980 revenue is an:.
     approximation based on typical prices and the 1980 volume data
     presented in this report^  Revenues are expressed in'nominal terms.

     Booz,  Allen & Hamilton Inc., Potential for  Capacity Cxeation in   ;
     the Hazardous Waste Management Service Industry, 1976 for U.S. EPA.
                            V-2

-------
           A third tier of  mostly  single facility firms
           tend  to utilize  only one  or two  treatment
           techniques.  These remaining 80-81 firms and
           organizations  account for approximately  43
           percent of industry revenues and volumes.

Exhibit V-l provides a profile of these three tiers  including
number  of facilities, estimated revenues,  and waste  management
services offered.

      Specifically not considered  part of the industry are:

           Facilities operating only as waste oil re-refiners
           or  resource recovery operations1

           Agents who offer brokering services but  do not
           actually treat or dispose of wastes themselves

      .     Operators of  conventional sanitary landfills

           Publicly owned wastewater treatment works.
      Firms offering only resource recovery operations (solvent reclaiming,
      waste oil re-refiners, etc.)  are not included in the scope of this study.
      Where firms offered resource recovery in addition to'treatment
      disposal services, they appeared on EPA's list of hazardous waste
      operations, and were  included in the Booz,  Allen survey.  The data
      for those firms are included in this report.  One list available
      from EPA lists approximately 100 additional firms that may be in-
      volved  in solvent reclaiming.  It  is suspected that these  additional
      facilities are highly waste specific and could not'make a  substantial
      impact  or overall capacity because they do not have the. flexibility
      to handle the wide variety of hazardous waste required by major
      participants of the industry.  This was confirmed by several key
      participants of the industry who expressed the opinion that  these
      kinds of resource recovery facilities do not have the flexibility
      required to'treat and dispose of most types of hazardous wastes.
      Therefore the volumes and capacities for these resource recovery
      operations have not been included. Because these facilities are
      typically relatively  small and have limited flexibility to handle
      wastes, we do not believe they will have a significant impact on the
      capacity of the industry.
                                V-3

-------
                          EXHIBIT V-l
          Industry  Profile  of the  Hazardous Waste
            Management Industry as of June 1980



CATEGORY!
TYPE OF FIRM
MAJORS

•WASTE MANAGEMENT
iNC. (CHEMICAL
WASTE MANAGEMENT
INC.)



• BROWNING FERRIS
INDUSTRIES, INC.




• RLC CORPORATION
(ROLLINS ENVIRON-
MENTAL SERVICES
INC.)



• SCA SERVICES, INC.



SECOND TIER

THIRD TIER



TOTAL
ESTIMATED
HAZARDOUS
NUMBER OF WASTE MANAGEMENT
FIRMS/ NUMBER OF REVENUES
ORGANIZATIONS FACILITIES . {$ MILLIONS 1980)
4 26 135-151

101 44-502






9 34-372





4 29-313






3 2B-333



8-9 10-13 30-404

80-81 88-91 lOO-m^



93 127 265-315



WASTE MANAGEMENT
SERVICES OFFERED
ALL SERVICES
OFFERED
7 SECURE LAND-
FILLS, 5 CHEMICAL
TREATMENT, 3 DEEP
WELL INJECTION,
4 LAND TREATMENT,
2 INCINERATORS, RE-
SOURCE RECOVERY
3 SECURE LAND-
FILLS, 4 CHEMICAL
TREATMENT, 2 DEEP
WELL INJECTION,
RESOURCE RE-
COVERY
2 SECURE LAND-
FILLS. 3 CHEMICAL
TREATMENT, 3 IN-
CINERATORS, DEEP
WELL INJECTION,
RESOURCE RE.
COVERY
3 SECURE LAND-
FILLS, 2 CHEMICAL
TREATMENT, RE-
SOURCE RECOVERY
MOST SERVICES
OFFERED
TYPICALLY ONE
OR TWO TYPES OF
SERVICES PER
FACILITY

 Waste management also has plans to operate a new facility  in Denver,
 Colorado.
%ased on annual report data forecasted to 1980 by Booz, Allen.
^Company estimates.
^Estimated  from volume and average price data.

 Note:  Hazardous waste management revenues for the four major firms
        represent between 7 and 10 percent of total corporate revenues.

 Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                               V-4

-------
(1)   The Hazardous Waste Management Facilities May
     Receive Wastes Directly From the Generator or
     Through Waste Brokers

     Many of the firms which operate treatment and dis-
posal facilities also offer transportation services to
the generator.  This is especially true of the large firms
who stress their full-service capabilities.  Other firms
rely on transporters to ship the waste from the generator
to their treatment/disposal facility.

     Hazardous waste management facilities may also
receive wastes through waste brokers or agents.  Hazardous
waste brokering services can take either of two forms:

          Agents.• A firm or individual acts^as a
          go-between for the generator and disposal
          firm.  Agents do not actually take possession
          of the wastes and, as in other industries,
          their facilities may consist of only office
          space and telephones.

          Brokers.  A firm or an individual actually
          takes possession of the wastes but does not
          treat or dispose of the wastes.  The wastes
          are  shipped by the broker  to a treatment/
          disposal facility. ' Some brokers have treat-
          ment or disposal facilities and act  as  a
          broker  for wastes which they cannot  handle
          themselves.

     The  services offered by brokers and agents are
helpful to  the efficient  transfer of wastes within
the  industry.  Brokers  and agents may make it  easier
'for  the generator to  dispose of  their wastes.  Firms
which  generate a  variety  of waste  streams may  use the
services  of brokers  or  agents  so that they have to  deal
with only one firm or  individual.   Furthermore, brokers
are  especially helpful  to small  generators who may  not
generate  wastes  in sufficient  quantities  for  economic
treatment/disposal.   Brokers may combine  the  wastes with
 similar wastes from other generators or accumulate  the
wastes until a more economic volume is obtained.
                         V-5

-------
 (2)   The Financial Outlook for the Industry Is
      Characterized by High Risk,, High Entry Costs,
      and Potentially High Profits       '.

      The inherently high financial risk associated
 with the hazardous waste management industry stems
 from-both investment and liability risks.   The invest-
 ment risk reflects the likelihood that investment
 funds can be lost because of unsuccessful siting
 attempts or uneconomical facilities.  Several firms
 report investing over $1 million in single facilities
 for  legal and engineering fees before being stopped
 from development by state or local agencies.1   in
 addition, another concern cited by potential developers
 is that a facility may prove to be uneconomical because
                                       Although most
                                     will gradually in-
of  insufficient  demand for services.
industry observers  feel that demand      _   	^
crease  over  the  next  several years due to"more strict
regulation,  the  rate  and magnitude of this  predicted  ;
increase are uncertain.   Unforeseen technical problems
can also introduce  risk into the  investment decision. '.
Start-up problems and operating problems can be a factor
especially for the  more sophisticated technologies.
Probably even more  significant than investment risk  is .
the potential liability.   Liability risk is perceived
to_be high because  of the potential for civil or criminal
suits in the  event  that operating problems  result in
damages or regulatory noncompliance.

     In addition to the  high financial  risk associated
with establishing and operating a waste treatment
facility, a  full-service  facility is  also capital
intensive.   Capital requirements  for  establishing secure
landfills and high-temperature incinerators may limit
participation to only the largest firms in  the waste  !'
management industry.   Other  types of  treatment options
such as chemical treatment are less capital intensive,
but_still require investments in  excess of  $2  million.
Exhibit V-2 presents  an estimate  of the cost of new
facilities.  This exhibit also points out the  engineering
and construction lead  time required and "typical" size
of facilities by waste management option.
See Chapter VI for a detailed discussion of the influence of
siting problems on firms' plans for expansion.
                       V-6

-------
                                   EXHIBIT V-2
                      Typical  Costs  and Engineering  and
                     Construction Time for New  Commercial
                      Hazardous Waste Facilities in  1380
       Type of Waste
    Management Services

Physical/Chemical/Bio-
logical Treatment—multi-
process3

Incineration

Secure Landfill,
Land Treatment

Resource Recovery
Lab Facilities
   Median
  Facility
  Capacity^-
(Thousand Wet
  Metric Tons
  per Year)

      50
      20

    varies
    widely

   " varies
    widely
 Approximate
Fixed Capital
 Investment2
   ($ 1979)

$ 2,000,0004
$10,000,0004

Size dependent
Equipment
dependent

$   500,000
    Eng ine er ing
 and Construction
Time Requirements
	(years)'	

       1-2
         2

       0.5


       0.5
1  .  Median size of all  facilities included in this study
2    For median size facility
3    Single process chemical 'treatment facilities are typically less than
     $1 million and require six to nine months engineering and construction
     time
4    Rollins Rescue, Rollins Environmental Services,  Inc. Vol. 6, No. 3,
     Summer 1979.

Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                                        V-7

-------
     Although handling hazardous waste may entail        '••'
 risks and significant capital investment, the  profit-
 ability outlook for the industry is generally  favorable.
 Potentially high profits are possible because  the  de-   ;
 mand for hazardous waste management services is rela-
 tively inelastic while the supply of additional ulti-
 mate capacity may be scarce.  Process changes  and  waste
 reduction may be possible for some generators  but  demand
 has not been very pricer-sensitive.1  Small and medium-  ;
 sized firms may not have the economies of scale to warrant
 major investment in disposal facilities and alternative.
 off-site facilities may be limited in their geographic  '.
 region.

 (3)  The Industry Utilizes Six Basic Types of
     Treatment/Disposal Practice's

     The six major types of treatment/disposal  options
 generally offered by the industry include:

         Chemical treatment includes chemical,  physical,
         and biological processes designed to either
         transform the hazardous waste into a non-       ;
         hazardous material and/or reduce the volume of  i
         hazardous waste needing ultimate disposal.

         Resource recovery includes processes that  are
         generally closely related to chemical  treat-
         ment techniques but distinguished in that  the
         waste is partially transformed into a  saleable  '••
         raw material and"anonhazardous waste.

         Incineration involves thermal degradation of
         solids,  liquids,  or gases to yield carbon
         dioxide, water vapor, and inert ash as the
         primary  outputs.

         Deep-well injection entails the pumping of
         liquid waste into  underground porous formations
         isolated from potable water and mineral-bearing.
         structures.   Off-site services are only         :
         offered  in Regions V and VI.
The finding stems from interviews conducted by Booz, Allen with
waste generating firms in the Delaware River Basin as part of a
study for the Delaware River Basin Commission.
                        V-8

-------
             Secure landfills includes land  burial operations
             which have  barriers, usually clay lined or
             synthetic liners,  and leachate  collection and
             monitoring  systems.  These facilities planned on
             complying with the ISS standards  of RCRA.  A few
             landfill operations interviewed did not currently
             have leachate  collection or monitoring in place,
             but had plans  to install them as  required under
             RCRA.

             Land treatment/solar evaporation  is a form 'of
             biological  treatment through soil incorporation.
             Typically,  organic wastes are applied onto or
             beneath the soil and periodically mixed to aid  ,
             in aerobic  decomposition of the organic material.
             In this study, land treatment includes solar
             evaporation and ponding operations.  This combina-
             tion of treatment options was necessary because
             material that  is land treated is  often the
             residual of prior solar evaporation.  Because
             these treatment methods may be  considered subsets
             of one process, they have been  .combined into
             one category.

     Appendix G presents further details on  the six major types
     of hazardous waste  management practices.   Associated
     services such as hauling, sampling, and laboratory
     analysis are not included in this study.

2.   IN JUNE, 1980,  93  ORGANIZATIONS OPERATE 127 HAZARDOUS
     WASTE FACILITIES,  WITH MOST OF THEM LOCATED IN EPA
     REGIONS V, VI AND  IX

     The number and  types of facilities vary greatly  among EPA
regions, with EPA Regions V, VI, and IX accounting for 72 of
the total 127 or  57  percent of all facilities.  Exhibit  V-3
lists the identified participants by EPA region and Exhibit V-4
shows the geographic location of the facilities.1  No facilities
in RecrionVTII2 were  identified as currently  accepting hazardous
      Two facilities have closed subsequent to this analysis.  Data
      for these facilities are included in the estimates presented,
      but since they were both small  facilities, they do not signif-
      icantly affect the volumes and  capacity estimates presented.
      The contractor estimates they contributed to less than 1 per-
      cent of the volumes and capacity reported here.

      Based on an interview with EPA  Region VIII,  there may be some
      facilities currently handling waste which may be classified as
      hazardous under RCRA.. It could not be determined whether these
      facilities would meet the RCRA  requirements  during this year.
                              V-9

-------
                          EXHIBIT V-3(1)
                  Hazardous Waste Management
          Industry Facilities, Listed Alphabetically
                 by State Within Each EPA  Region
                             June 1980
         Company
      Location
                               Region  I

 Solvent Recovery Services of New England  Southington, CT

 Liqwacon, Division of Yarway-^
 Environmental Waste Removal

 sea1

 Cannon Engineering

 Suffolk Services

 Union Chemical Corporation

 Landfill and Resource Recovery
                              Region II
Scientific Chemical Processing

Solvent Recovery Service

Rollins Environmental  Services

Marisol Inc.

SCA1

Modern Transportation

National Converters

Chemical Waste Disposal Corp.

Chemical Pollution  Control Inc.

CECOS International, Inc.

Frontier Chemical
 Thomaston, CT

 Waterbury, CT

 Braintree, MA

 Bridgewater, MA

 Boston, MA

 Union, ME


 North  Smithfield, RI




 Carlstadt,  NJ

 Linden, NJ

 Logan, NJ

 Middlesex,  NJ

 Newark, NJ

 S.  Kearny,  NJ

 Union,  NJ

Astoria,  NY

 Bay Shore,  NY

Niagara Falls,  NY

Niagara Falls,  NY
                                V-10

-------
                          EXHIBIT V-3(2)
SCA




Haz-o-Waste Corp.
Region II (Continued)




                 Model City, NY




                 Wampsville, NY
                              Region III
American Recovery Corp.




BFI




American Recovery Corp.




Chem Clear




IU Conversion




Reclamation Resources




IU Conversion




U.S. Utilities




Industrial Waste




Liqwacon, Division of Yarway




Liquid Waste Disposal
Chemical Waste Management
                               Region IV
Southeastern Waste Treatment Inc.




SCA




Roebuck Systems




Caldwell Systems




LWD, Inc.1




Liquid Waste Disposal Inc.




Systech Waste
                 Baltimore,  MD




                 Baltimore,  MD




                 Sparrows Point,  MD




                 Chester, PA




                 Honeybrook, PA




                 Lansdale, PA




                 Marcus Hook, PA




                 Monro evi11e, PA




                 New Brighton,  PA




                 York,  PA




                 Richmond, VA












                 Emelle,  AL




                 Dalton,  GA




                 Pinewood, SC




                 Roebuck, SC




                 Lenoir,  NC




                 Calvert  City,  KY




                 Louisville,  KY




                 Antioch, TN
                                V-ll

-------
                         EXHIBIT V-3(3)
Solid Liquid Waste Disposal
Environmental Systems
Industrial Liquids Recycling '
Chem Fuel
                         Region IV  (Continued)
                           1
Dyersburg, TN
Memphis, TN
Mt. Pleasant, TN
Portland, TN
                               Region V
Envirotherm
Chemical Waste Management
EWR, Inc.
Tenco Hydro
Beaver Oil & Sludge
BFI1
Clayton Chemical
Trade Waste Incineration
Nuclear Engineering Co. Inc.
BFI1
Adams Sanitary Landfill
ILWD, Inc.

K.A. Steel1
American Chemical Service
By-Products Management
Four County Landfill
Prenco
Envirochem
Wayne Disposal Inc.l
Nelson Chemicals1
Environmental Waste Control1
Chicago, IL
 Calumet  City,  IL
Coal City, IL
Countryside, IL
Hodgkins, IL
Rockford, IL•
Sauget,  IL
Sauget,  IL
Sheffield, IL
Waukeegan, IL
Ft. Wayne, IN
Indianapolis, IN

Gary,  IN

Griffith, IN
Shererville, IN
Silver Lake, IN
South Bend, IN
Zionsville, IN
Belleville, MI
Detriot,  MI
Inkster,' MI
                                 V-12

-------
                           EXHIBIT  V-3(4)
                          Region V (Continued)
 Systems Technology



 A-l Disposal



 Liquid Disposal



 Chem Met Services



 Koski Construction



 Erieway Pollution  Control



 Chemical Waste  Management



 Systems Technology Corp.



 Chemical Waste  Management


 Chemline Corp.



 CECOS  of Ohio,  Inc.


 Hydrite



 Waste  Research  & Reclamation


 Chemical Waste Management


 Rogers  Lab



 Land Reclamation LTD
                               Region VI
Ensco



Rollins Environmental Services



BFI1



BFI



Rollins Environmental Services



Chemical Waste Management



Royal Hardage
 Muskegan, MI



 Plainwell,  MI



 Utica,  MI



 Wyandotte,  MI



 Ashtabula,  OH



 Bedford,  OH



 Dayton, OH



 Franklin, OH



 Fremont,  OH



 Lisbon, OH



 Williamsburg, OH



 Cottage Grove, WI
 t

 Eau Claire,  WI



 Menomonee Falls, WI


 Milwaukee, WI


 Racine, WI








 El Dorado, AR



 Baton Rouge, LA



 Lake Charles, LA



 Livingston,  LA



Plaquemine,  LA



Sulphur, LA



Lindsay, OK
                                V-13

-------
                           EXHIBIT V-3(5)
                         Region VI (Continued)
C. J. Lambertson
U.S. Pollution Control



Chemiqal Waste Management



Sonics International



Sheridan, Disposal
BFI
   1,5
Ocean Combustion Service, Inc.

  (M.S. Vulcanus) '



Rollins Environmental Services
BFI"
Chemical Waste Management
BFI'
Texas Ecologists, Inc.


Gulf Coast Waste Disposal Authority
Malone Service
Tulsa, OK
Tulsa, OK
Corpus Christi, TX
Dallas, TX
Hempstead, TX
                                          Houston, TX
Houston, TX
Houston, TX
                                          Odessa, TX
                                          Port Arthur, TX
Ranger, TX
Robstown, TX
Texas City, TX



Texas City, TX
                             Region VII



Kansas  Industrial Environmental Services  Wichita, KS


                         1
Wheeling Disposal Service"



BFI1



Bob's  Home  Service
                                Region  IX

                                     1
 Environmental Protection  Corporation


         1
 IT Corp.


 Chemical Waste Management
Andrew'City, MO



Missouri City, MO



Wright  City, MO








Bakersfield, CA



Benecia, CA



Coalinga,  CA
                                 V-14

-------
Fresno County Department of Public
 Works '
IT Corp.'
      EXHIBIT V-3(6)



    Region IX (Continued)

                     Fresno,  CA
IT Corp.

San Diego County Site
1,3
Casmalia Disposal Site

Richmond Sanitary Service'

            3,4
Palos Verdes"
                  3,4
Calabasas Landfill"
Los Angeles County Sanitation District
BKK Corp.
         4
Ventura Regional County Sanitation
 District
Nuclear Engineering Co., Inc.


WES-CON

Chem Nuclear

Caran Chemical

Speede-way

Van Waters and Rodgers

Western Processing

Chemical Processors
          Region X
Martinez, CA

Montezuma, CA

San Diego, CA

Santa Barbara, CA

Richmond, CA

Whittier, CA



Whittier, CA


Wilmington, CA

Ventura, CA


Beatty, NV


Grandview, ID

Arlington, OR

Manmouth, OR

Portland, OR

Portland, OR

Kent, WA

Seattle, WA
1    Companies for which interviews were completed.
2    Incineration ship whose general agent and major U.S.  port are
     located in Houston, TX.
3    Publicly owned facilities.
4    Data obtained from California Water Quality Control Boards.
5    Site has subsequently closed.

Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                                V-15

-------
I
H
CT>
                                                EXHIBIT V-4
                            Geographical Locations  of all  Identified Commercial
                                    Hazardous Waste  Management Facilities
                                                 June 1980
                      -'•For purposes of this  study, the industry  includes all facilities engaged
                       in the  treatment and  disposal of hazardous waste for a fee, but does not
                       include solvent buying,  selling, or recovery operations or storage'and
                       transfer stations that may be handling wastes classified as hazardous.
                       Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.

-------
waste for treatment or disposal although one full-service
facility is being developed in Denver, Colorado.  The types
and number of facilities in each region are closely related
to the industrial bases of the regions.  Exhibit V-5 displays
the number of facilities offering specific hazardous waste
services by EPA region.

3.   IN 1980, THE INDUSTRY WILL TREAT AND DISPOSE OF
     APPROXIMATELY 7 MILLION WET METRIC TONS OF HAZARDOUS
     WASTE, WITH 69 PERCENT OF THE WASTES BEING CHEMICALLY
     TREATED OR LANDFILLED

     The hazardous waste management industry treated and
disposed of 7 million WMT .of waste for its customers.  This
figure represents the amount of waste that will be treated
and disposed in 1980 by commercial waste management firms
utilizing the six major waste management treatment/disposal
methods.  A total of 7.2 million WMT of wastes will actually
be processed because some wastes will require treatment by
two waste management options.

     Exhibit V-6 shows the amounts processed by each waste
management option.  These amounts include data reported by
firms interviewed during the study and estimates by Booz,
Allen for those firms which did not report data.  As shown
in-Exhibit V-7, 88 percent of national volume was reported
and 12 percent estimated.

     Reported data were obtained for.90 of "the 127 known
facilities.  Current volumes for the other facilities were
estimated by Booz, Allen based on volumes of similar types
of facilities in the same geographic region.  The methodology
used for estimating current volumes for firms that did not
respond is presented in Appendix F.  The percentage of data
that had to be estimated also varied by region.  Exhibit V-8
presents the volume imputed and reported for each waste
management option by regi'on.  Because some firms reported
data only on a national basis, this data had to be allocated
to specific facilities using a technique similar to that used
for nonresponse firms  (i.e.> based on similar type facilities
in the same region).  Therefore, some of the data shown as
reported on a national basis appears as estimated on a regional
basis.  The 1980 volume of hazardous waste processed by each
waste management option is discussed below.

      (1)  Chemical Treatment

          Chemical, biological, and physical treatment
      (commonly referred to as chemical treatment) accounts
     for about one-third of the total hazardous waste
     processed by the industry.  However, some fraction
                            V-17

-------
                               EXHIBIT  V-5
               Number  of Commercial Facilities Offering
                        Specific Hazardous Waste
                           Management Options
                                 June 1980

                     Type of Treatment/Disposal Practice*
EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
< VII
£ vin
IX
X
TOTAL
U.S.
Landfill
1
2
3
2
11
10
3 .
**
10
2

44
Land treat-
ment/Solar
evaporation
0
0
0
1
0
3
0
0
6
_^L -

11
Incineration
3
1
1
7
6
6
0
0
1
0

25 '
Chemical
Treatment
3
8
8
4
16
3
1
0
2
2

47
Resource
Recovery
5
8
2
2
10
0
1
0
'-. 0
_5

33
Deep-Well
Injection
0
0
0
0
1
8
0
0
0
0

9
Total No.
of '
Facilities
8
13
11
12
37
21
4
**
14
_7_

127
*    The  sum of these numbers are greater than the total number of facilities because
    .more than one treatment/disposal option may be available at a facility;

**   Based on an interview with EPA Region VIII, some sanitary landfills may  currently
     be handling hazardous waste.  As in other Regions these facilities are not included
    -in ±he reported" data in this study.     .--....-     -   ...........       :- --

Source:  Booz, Allen &-Hamilton Inc.

-------
                                   EXHIBIT V-6
    Estimated  Hazardous Waste  Volumes  Treated/Disposed  by Commercial
            Off-Site  Facilities  by Waste  Management  Options
                                        1980
                        (Millions  of Wet Metric Tons)
                   INCINERATOR1
                      0.40
                                  RESOURCE1
                                  RECOVERY
                                    0.42
         DEEP WELL
         INJECTION
            0.79
 \ND TREATMENT/
)LAR EVAPORATION
     0.54
  CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL
AND PHYSICAL  TREATMENT
  2.35 - TOTAL TREATED
  2.12 • NET TREATED
                                                                           SECURE LANDFILL FOR
                                                                           CHEMICAL TREATMENT
                                                                            WASTES (OVERLAP)
                                                                                 0.23
                                          TOTAL
                                         SECURE
                                         LANDFILL
                                          2.70

                                TOTAL WASTE VOLUME =  7.19
                                 (INCLUDES LANDFILL/CHEMICAL
                                    TREATMENT OVERLAP)
        NOTE:  DETAIL MAY NOT ADD TO TOTAL BECAUSE OF ROUNDING.
      JOURCE:  BOOZ- ALLEN & HAMILTON Inc.
          MAY HAVE SOME RESIDUAL THAT MUST BE TREATED BY OTHER OPTIONS. THIS RESIDUAL IS BELIEVED TO BE
      SMALL AND HAS NOT BEEN SUBTRACTED OUT OF OTHER WASTE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS.
                                         V-19

-------
                              EXHIBIT V-7
          Comparison  of Reported and Imputed 1980  Commercial
             Off-Site  Volumes  By Waste Management  Option
                       (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
Landfill

Land treatment/
Solar evaporation

Incineratio n

Chemical Treatment

Resource Recovery

Deep-Well  Injection

Total U.S.

Percentage
  1980
 Volume
Reported

  2,579
                                               1980
                                              Volume
                                             Imputed

                                               120
 Total
 1980
Volume

2,699


1,


6,

460
351
859
323
768
340
88%
77
47
487
101
20
852
12%
537;
398
2,346
424
788
7,192,
100%:
 1  Includes all data reported on a national basis.

 2  These are gross volumes and do include  the 10 percent of wastes
    that will require  further treatment or  disposal.

    Source:   Booz,  Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                                    V-20

-------
                                             EXHIBIT V-8
            Comparison  of Reported and  Imputed Commercial  1980  Off-Site Volumes
                      on  a Regional  Basis by Waste Management  Option*
                                  (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
l:f'A
        Landfill
Regjon
I
II
IT I
IV
V
vi •
via
VII I
IX
X
Reported
r.
375
170
100
335
478
02
** *
758
')
                       l.ind treatment/
                      Solar Evaporation
                                      Incineration
             Imputed  Reported  Imputed   Reported   Impu ted  Reported
               1.26

               15

               172
                H4

                50
                      118
                              82**
27

75
                                       23

                                       26

                                       48

                                       43

                                       72

                                       98
                                      40
                22

                25'
C'lu.'niica 1
Treatment
tepor ted Imputed
58 = 23
596 23
411 56
72 85
156 330
146 ->
'" 36
Resource Deep Well Total Rrxjion.il
Recovery Iniection 1980 Volume
Reported
'l2
110
51
22
122
-
-
Imputed Reported - Imputed Reported
23 - - - 99
25 - - J.I 07
- - - 680
237
48 ' , - 152 665
7 / '362 273- 1,119
3 - - 98
Imputed
46
48
56
2 ,t 3 * *
570
527**
,i
                                                    254

                                                      6
                                                             40
1,350

-  20
                                                                                                            .IH4
 *

**
       Reported data includes only firms reporting  data  on  a  regional basis.

       Volume data from Region IV combined with-Region VI to  prevent disclosure  ~
       of confidential data in Region IV.
***    Although some landfills in the regions may handle hazardous  waste,  it  could
       not be determined if these facilities plan to  meet RCRA requirements.

Note:      Detail may not add to total because of  'rounding
Source:-   Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.     '       •'-

-------
of the 2.3 million WMT processed by this waste manage-
ment option will require landfilling or incineration.
According to our interviews, this residual is usually
landfilled and varies between 5 and 15 percent of the
total volume chemically treated.  An average value of
10 percent was assumed for this study.  Therefore, the
amount of generated waste ultimately disposed of by
treatment processes is estimated to be 2.1 million WMT.

     Wastewater and acids comprise about 50 percent
of the material processed by chemical treatment.
Approximately 20 percent of material chemically
treated are alkalines.  The remaining 30 percent con-
sist of oily waste and sludges.  Chemical treatment
services are used by a wide variety of industries
including:

          Metal finishing
          Steel
          Textiles
          Refineries
          Petrochemical
          Pharmaceutical
          Automobile.

(2)  Secure Landfills

     In 1980, secure landfills are estimated to be
used to dispose of approximately 2.7 million WMT of
hazardous waste, 39 percent of the current industry's
volume.  This estimate also includes a small amount
of material codisposed in landfills which also accept
nonhazardous waste.  Currently, landfills are used to
dispose of a wide variety of waste because of their
low cost and general applicability.

(3)  Land Treatment/Solar Evaporation

     Land treatment and solar evaporation are two
closely related processes which have been used ex-
tensively in California and Texas to treat and dispose
of oil production-related wastes such as brines and
rotary muds.  Although these wastes have not been
designated as hazardous under the RCRA regulations,
this process can also be used for some hazardous wastes,
For example, ponds can be used for physical separation
and dewatering and then sludges can be applied to the
land for biodegration.  An estimated 0.54 million WMT
of hazardous waste will be disposed of through solar
evaporation and land treatment in 1980.
                       V-22

-------
4.
(4)   Deep-well Injection

     Deep-well injection will account for 11 percent,
or .79 million WMT of hazardous waste material  processed.
This option can handle most types of aqueous, wastes
except chlorinated hydrocarbons.  It is the least ex-
pensive form of disposal but only practiced in  limited
geographic areas.  Commercial deep-well disposal services
are only currently available in EPA Regions V and VI.
Deep-well injection is used by a broad variety  of
industries in these regions especially refineries and
the petrochemical industry.

(5)   Incineration

     Incineration of hazardous waste will account for
6 percent of the total industry volume.  The estimated
0.4 million WMT processed includes incineration at 7
large high-temperature incinerators and 18 smaller
units.  The majority of the estimated waste volumes
incinerated are autogenous materials such as solvents
and oily wastes but sludges and non-autogenous  solids
are also incinerated.  Incineration services are also
used by a wide variety of industries.  Petrochemical
and pesticide manufacturers account for a large portion
of the hazardous waste incinerated.

(6)   Resource Recovery

     The majority of resource recovery operations in-
volve the recovery of solvents through distillation
techniques.  Other wastes may also be recovered if
they have a high Btu content or contain valuable metals.
The facilities which qualify within the scope of this
study processed 0.4 million WMT of hazardous material.
As noted earlier in this chapter, not all of the re-
source recovery operations in the United States are
included in this study.

STORAGE CAPACITY IS ESTIMATED TO BE 5'TO 10 PERCENT
OF 1980 VOLUMES PROCESSED BY THE INDUSTRY
     The U.S. commercial capacity to store hazardous
materials prior to processing is estimated to be between
350,000 and 700,000 WMT in 1980.1 The current U.S. storage
capacity is estimated to be equivalent to 5 to 10 percent
(or 15 to 30 days) of the 1980 estimated volume processed
in all the waste management options except landfill.
     For firms in this study; brokerage facilities are not considered.
                            V-23

-------
     The majority of material is stored aboveground in
metal or concrete tanks and all are bermed.  Lagoons or
ponds were not identified as a major source of storage
capacity by the hazardous waste management industry.  Solar
evaporation ponds are used as a treatment/disposal option
and have been included in the land treatment category.

5.   VOLUMES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE BEING MANAGED IN 1980
     VARY- GREATLY AMONG EPA REGIONS WITH 44 PERCENT
     BEING HANDLED IN REGIONS VI AND IX ALONE

     The variation in volumes of.hazardous waste managed
among EPA regions is displayed in Exhibit V-9.

     Region VI will treat and dispose of more hazardous    :
waste via landfill and deep-well injection than any other
EPA region.  Of the 1.65 million WMT that will be processed
(representing 23 percent of the U.S. total), 78 percent will
be handled by landfill and deep-well injection.  These two
waste management options predominate partly because the
facilities in Region VI service large amounts of waste from
the petroleum and chemical industries.

     In Region IX, the second largest region in volume
processed, the majority of the waste will be processed     ;
through landfill and land treatment/solar evaporation.
These waste management options will account for 78 percent
of the estimated total'regional 1.6 million WMT processed. '-
Land treatment/solar evaporation is geographically con-
centrated in Region IX because the climate is conducive to
high net evaporative rates.  The land treatment waste streams
accounted for in this study exclude large volumes of drilling
muds and oil field brines, which have been excluded from   :
regulation under RCRA.

     Regions II and V also process significant amounts of
hazardous wastes at off-site waste management facilities.
These highly industrialized regions generate large amounts
of wastewaters, contaminated solvents, and processed sludges
which are processed by chemical, physical, and biological  ;
treatment.

6.   CURRENTLY, ON A NATIONAL BASIS THERE IS SUBSTANTIAL
     UNUSED CAPACITY AMONG ALL TYPES OF WASTE MANAGEMENT   '•
     OPTIONS                                               i

     Exhibit V-10 shows the capacity for each waste management
option as well as the current capacity utilization.  The
                             V-24

-------
                             EXHIBIT V-9
         1980  Estimated Volume of Hazardous  Waste Material
       Processed by Commercial Off-Site Facilities  by Waste
             Management Option in the U.S. EPA Regions
                    (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
KI'A
Region
I
£1
III
IV
V
VI
< VII
s
IX
X
Landfill •
6
375
170
226
330
650
62
***
822
5')
lianci treat-
ment/Solar
evaporation
'
- .•
. - -
**
"
117**
:
345
75
Incineration
23
26
48
65
97
98
-
40
_
Chemical*
Treatment
81
619
467
157
486
- 146
36
294
62
Resource Deep Well
Recovery Injection
35
135
51
22
170 152
" - 635
3
-
8-
_
Total
Region
145
1,155
736
470**
1,235
1,646**
101
***
1 , 501
204
 TOTAL
            2,699
                       537
                                  398
                                             2,346
                                                        424
                                                                788
7,192
  *    These are gross  volumes and include  10 percent that will require further
       treatment            '                     .     -    .      •
 **    Volume data from Region IV is included in Region VI to prevent disclosure
       of confidential  data.
***    Although some, landfills in the regions may handle hazardous was'te, it could
       not be determined if  these facilities plan to meet RCRA requirements.

Note:    Detail may not add  to total because of rounding.
Source:  Booz, Allen &  Hamilton Inc.

-------
                             'EXHIBIT v-io
                          1980 Total; Capacity
                    for Waste Management Options
Waste Management Option

Land treatment/Solar evaporation

Incineration

Chemical Treatment^

Resource Recovery

Deep-Well Injection'3


  Subtotal


Landfill (lifetime)


Total, all waste management options
                                     Capacity
                                    (Thousand
                                    Wet Metric
                                       Tons)

                                     2,437

                                       670

                                    "3,921

                                     1,069

                                     :4,657
   Current
Utilization
(Percent of
 Capacity)

    22

    59

    542    *

    40

    17  .
                                     12,754


                                    27,604


                                    40,358
    10.2 years
   2
   3
 Note:
..Since  there is an estimated 10 percent overlap between capacity to
 chemically treat and landfill material, the total capacity reported
 here represents capacity less overlap.
 Chemical  treatment utilization computed on gross capacity of 4,357 WMT.
 Although  size of reservoir is many times larger, other factors such as
 unloading, incoming trucks, filtration and pumping dilution water may
 make it difficult to exceed 50 percent of the pumping rate according to
 facility  operators.  Capacity is based on 50 percent of pumping capacity
 or current utilization  rate, whichever is highest.
   Accuracy of capacity estimates is  judged to be ±  24 percent.
 Source:  Booz,  Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                                     V-26

-------
capacity represents the maximum utilization  rate  of  the
technical capabilities of the physical plant1  except land-
fill which represents the "permitted" capacity.   Capacity
is measured on an annual basis for all options except land-
fills where the only logical measure is a  lifetime capacity.
Landfill capacity reported is end of year  1980 capacity.
Exhibit V-ll presents estimates of total annual capacity
under several alternative scenarios of landfill utilization.
As the exhibit shows, annual capacity could  vary  from 15.5
to 22.0 million WMT depending on the assumption used for
landfill utilization.  Five years is used  for  this analy-
sis because it represents a reasonable maximum utilization
for landfills according to landfill operators.

     Most facilities reported capacity data  on an annual
basis.  In a few cases where capacity data was reported on
other bases, the EPA contractor assumed that these  facilities
could operate in a similar manner for which  data  was reported.
It was assumed that incinerators could operate 75 percent of
the time, 365 days per year, 3 shifts per  day. For  other
waste management options capacity was assumed  to  be  based
upon 300 days per year, one shift per day.  Although some
management options such as chemical treatment  equipment
may be capable of operating more than 8 hours  a day, other
factors such as effluent limitations, handling and unloading
facilities, and permit restrictions can restrict  operation
to 8 hours per day.

     As discussed in Chapter IV of this report, capacity
estimates are judged to be within +_ 24 percent of true
capacity.  This is based on the assumption that reported
data for capacity represents 93 percent of the 1980  capacity
data base.  Exhibit V-12 shows the capacity  reported and
imputed for each waste management  option  and Exhibit V-13
presents the same information  on a regional  basis.   The
methodology for estimating capacity data  for nonrespondent
facilities is presented in Appendix F.   It is  important to
     Maximum rate of utilization.includes expansion of operating
     hours, additional labor,  additional equipment, and land usage
     against technical constraints.
                            V-27

-------
                       EXHIBIT V-ll
      Total  1980 Annual Capacity  of the  Hazardous
       Waste Management Industry  Under Differing
         Landfill Utilization Rate Assumptions
               (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)

    Annual Fixed  Capacity of Five
      Waste Management Options             Annual Capacity Rate
   Land  treatment/solar evaporation                2,437

   Incineration                                     670

   Chemical Treatment-^-                            3,921

   Resource Recovery                              1,069

   Deep-well Injection2                           4,657

   Subtotal                                  .    12,754
           Variable Annual Capacity of Landfills
         Landfill Utilization at Highest of Current
              Regional Utilization Rate or:

       3-year lifetime                            9,204

          Total 1                               21,958

       5-year lifetime                            5,675

          Total 2                               18,429

       10-year lifetime                           3,461

          Total 3                               16,215

       20-year lifetime                           2,758-

          Total 4         .                      15,512
1     Chemical  treatment shown net of overlap.	         • .  . •

2     Based on  50 percent of pumping capacity or current utilization
      rate whichever is highest.
Note:  Detail may not add to total  because of rounding.

                           V-28

-------
                       EXHIBIT  V-12              • •
     Comparison of  Reported and  Imputed 1980  U.S.
   Capacity  of Hazardous Waste  Management Industry
                 by  Waste Management Option
                 (Thousand Wet  Metric Tons)
 Land Treatment/Solar
  Evaporation

 Incineration

 Chemical Treatment

 Resource Recovery
                   o
 Deep-Well Injection

  Subtotal

 Landfill  (lifetime)3
  1980
Capacity
Reported

 2,297
  1980
Capacity
Imputed

   140
 Total
  1980
Capacity

 2,437
594
3,107
823
4,545
11,366
26,112
76
814
246
112
1,388
1,492
670
3,921
1,069
4,657
12,754
27,604
     1 Since there is an estimated 10 percent overlap between
      industry capacity to  chemically treat and landfill material,
      the total capacity reported here represents  capacity less
      overlap.
     2 Based on 50 percent of pumping capacity or current utilization,
      whichever is highest.
     3 Lifetime capacity at• end of 1980.

Note:     Detail may not add to total because of rounding.
Source:   Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                             V-29

-------
                                        EXHIBIT  V-13
                  on     f  Rep°fted  and  ^puted Commercial Offi-site
                  on  a  Regional  Basis  by  Waste Management Option^^980
                              (Thousand Wet  Metric Tons)
            i..,i,,ui 1
El',1
Ku.jU.n
1
11
III
iV
V
f V1
0 vu
Vlll
IX
X
(li tutjniu i-.i[.oi-ity
K.-1-.illi.-d
10
1,120
1 , I'M
1 , 500- ..
1.7U3
4,7ju
730
-
•l.buu :'
,bn
•it end
Imputi
-
-
-
4.1UO
ISO
5,565
-
-
'797.
500
I.jnd Ti i;.iliu^nL Incineration
'23
-13
j ;
- - 131
*" - 44 30
U2 52
UiuniJcul*
T re.it Ilittlll
Kuj-.rtud r.
53
1 , 1UO
521)
160
423'
ffiMt^
40
41
102
153
592
Hacovory " In].:..t.u.n
!«:!«". led liiipntud iu-i./i t..-d rnii.uu:
.36 60
461 49
51
43 - -
227 125 - 1-lb
                                                                    2115

                                                                     5
i.'d[uqity djta" fri,ii, ,m ., it.yU.,lU] L.^ja.
                  Ud'lu put^nt ovrla l,,.w.un industry ^|ul:
    Ury uajuiiity tu UiuinUally liuul jnii ].,n.|l]Il uuiu-u^l,

m-hugion VI to prevent disclosing confident i'jl data on K^.jloi, IV
                                          .
     tr.-dted in«e,,l,...l l,.;>., i.,,|.r .^ut-, UK. c:apai:i ty less ovurldf..
n IV js coniljjMed witt daL

   b^CJUb^ Ot ruUII'ijlltJ
        '

-------
understand that, although unused capacity is available at the
national level, capacity may not always be transferable between
regions for several reasons:

          Waste streams may not always be compatible with all
          treatment or disposal options.  All options have
          some limitations on the types of wastes which can
          be handled, although landfill and chemical treatment
          appear to be extremely flexible.

          Transportation costs may preclude shipping wastes
          long distances.

The capacity estimates for each waste management option are
discussed below.  It is also important to understand that
capacity in a region may not always be compatible with all
types of wastes produced in that region.  Facility  operators
may refuse certain types of wastes.  Often the wastes excluded
are explosives, radioactive wastes, pesticides, cyanide wastes,
and PCBs.

      (1)  Landfill

          For  1980, the  landfill capacity of  27.6 million WMT
      includes  only that  acreage in  existing  landfills which  is
      permitted  during  the.year.  Since  the permitting process
      varies  from  one region of the  country to another, a  small
      capacity  in  a region  may not  necessarily imply that  short-
      falls will be present in the  future.  Some  firms included
      in this  study reported having large  amounts  of adjacent
      land  which may  or may not be  permittable.   One national
      landfill operator reported that  the  regional variation  in
      permitting procedures are related  to the geology within a
      region.   For example, California tends  to permit  large
      tracts  of land  for  landfills.   This  is  because the  geology
      of the  area  is  very similar.   On the other hand, New York
      permits only small  tracts of  land  reflecting that  the
      geologic makeup of  the land may vary significantly  over
      relatively small  areas.   If  current  utilization rates
      continue,  permitted landfill  capacity on a national basis
      has an  expected lifetime of  10 years.   However, the future
      utilization  rate  of landfills is a critical uncertainty to
      the estimates of  future  capacity.   Landfill operators
      interviewed  were  not sure what the influence of RCRA
      would be on  the demand for  their services.   They also felt
      that the rate at which they would utilize their existing
      landfills would depend on their ability to site new land-
      fills.   There is also some  difference of opinion among
      the firms owning landfills  as to the optimal rate  of utiliza-
      tion.  Some firms plan to be very conservative in their
                             V-31

-------
 use of landfills,  perhaps limiting them to the  residual
 from their chemical  treatment operations.  Other  firms
 will be_fairly  liberal in their use of capacity perhaps
 reflecting cash flow requirements or optimistic expecta-
 tions for siting of  new landfill capacity.

 (2)   Deep-Well  Injection

      The annual capacity of 4.7 million WMT shown in
 Exhibit V-10 is based on 50 percent of pumping  capacity
 or the current  volumes injected, whichever is highest.
 Although the capacity of the reservoirs into which the ,
 wastes are injected  is many times larger, other factors
 such^as unloading, filtration,  and dilution1  may  make  it
 difficult to exceed  50 percent  of the pumping rate
 according to some  facility operators.  Commercial deep
 wells currently are  only available in EPA Regions V and,
 VI.   The  current capacity utilization rate is only
 17 percent.

 (3)   Land Treatment/Solar Evaporation

      The  1980 capacity for land treatment/solar evapora-
 tion is approximately  2.4 million WMT and is based on
 the  currently permitted  capacity.   Although 2.4 million
 WMT  of capacity are  available,  land treatment/solar
 evaporation  is  also  used extensively for nonhazardous
 waste disposal  such  as oil field brines and drilling
 muds.   Annual capacity of land  treatment/solar evapora-
 tion is dependent on both the net evaporation during the
 year and  the maximum amount of  waste that can biodegrade
 in the acreage  available.

 (4)   Chemical Treatment                                  '.

      The  amount of ultimate chemical treatment capacity
 available in 1980 is 4.4  million WMT.   However,  it is
 estimated that approximately 10  percent2  of the  volumes
 handled through chemical,  physical,  and biological
According to one operator,  the volume actually deep-well injected  !
may be 30 to 50 percent greater than volume received because of  ... :
dilution from rainwater and drainage.                          ;

Actual volumes of hazardous waste  from chemical treatment operations
that were disposed in landfills or by incineration varied between  ;
5 and 15 percent of waste process  using chemical treatment.   Based i
on this data, it was assumed that  10 percent of chemical treatment
volumes would be ultimately disposed in landfills.
                        V-32

-------
7.
treatment must be subsequently treated by other hazardous
waste treatment options prior to ultimate disposal.  There-
fore, the chemical treatment capacity that represents ulti-
mate disposal capabilities is estimated to be 3.9 million
metric tons.  Much of the chemical treatment capacity re-
ported is flexible in that various waste streams could be
treated;  This is especially true of those facilities using
batch processes.

(5)  Resource Recovery

     The current capacity of resource recovery processes
at hazardous waste management facilities is approximately
1.1 million WMT.  The utilization rate for resource re-
covery equipment was generally between 30 and 50 percent
•of capacity.  Data were obtained for resource recovery only
if other hazardous waste treatment options were performed
at a site.  Therefore, the capacity available at other
facilities not covered in the scope of this study is not
included and may be significant in terms of total resource
recovery capacity, although not significant considering all
six available waste management options.

 (6)  Incineration

     The incineration capacity of the hazardous waste
management industry in 1980 is estimated to be 0.67 million
WMT.  Included in this number are incinerators with and
without scrubbers.  The current capacity utilization rate
is 59 percent, but many incinerators were operating at. near
capacity especially those able to handle chlorinated
hydrocarbons.

TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY IS CONCENTRATED BY
GEOGRAPHIC REGION
     Hazardous waste management capacity is concentrated in
EPA Regions II, III, IV, V, VI, and IX, which parallels indus-
trial concentration in general.  Exhibit V-14 shows the capac-
ities by region and waste management option.

     Region VI has the major concentration of deep-well injection
capacity because it is best suited geologically for this type of
hazardous waste disposal.

     Region IX has the largest concentration of land treatment
capacity in the United States.  It contains 54 percent of the-
U.S. land treatment capacity.  However,.the capacity likely to
be utilized is restricted by type of materials that can be
processed.
                            V-33

-------
                                        EXHIBIT V-14
                      Estimated Capacity of Off-Site Hazardous Waste
                    Management Industry by Waste  Management  Option 1980
                                 (Thousand Wet  Metric Tons)
Region Landfill*
I
II
III
IV
V
< VI
U)
*• VII
VIII
IX
X
10
1,120
1,990
5,680
1,933
10,295
730
-
5,297
550
TOTAL 27,604
*
**
***
****
Land
'.Treatment
-
-
-
****
-
Incineration
23
33
131
74
:134
1,022**** _ 230
-
1,325
90
2,437
Lifetime capacity at end of
Since there is an estimated
.material, the total capacity
overlap.
.Assumes 5-year lifetime for
Capacity data from Region IV
in Region IV. ,_ \ '.'-'
-
45
_
Chemical
Treatment**
93
1,221
622
313
1,015
154
66

330
107
Resource Deep-Well
Recovery Injection
96
510 -
51
43
352 " 145
4,512
6 -
-
= -
11 !
Annual
Total***
218
2,139
1,202
****
1,566
2,028
7,981****
218
-
2,759
318 "
670 3,921 1,069 4,657 18,429
1980.
10% overlap between industry capacity to chemically treat and landfill
presented here that is chemically treated represents the capacity less
i • -: •
landfills or, current utilization rate, whichever is highest.
is[ combined ?with Region -. VI to prevent disclosure of confidential data
Note:    Detail may not addlr to total  liecause of rounding.
 '::      . :-"."- T .  3"     ' :        :  ' J  -   i
Source:  Booz, A3 len & Hamilton Inc.:  ,;_         ;   •  ,

-------
      Regions VI, IV, and IX collectively represent over 75
percent of the permitted lifetime capacity for landfills.
Natural geological formations and the corresponding permitting
process in these regions may be the major reasons capacity has
developed in past periods.

      Very little secure landfill capacity was identified in
Region I.  There was no hazardous waste management capacity
identified in Region VIII, although some sanitary landfills
may currently be handling hazardous wastes.

8.    PRICES FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SERVICE DEPEND ON A NUMBER
      OF FACTORS INCLUDING METHOD OF TREATMENT OR DISPOSAL
      AND WASTE CHARACTERISTICS

      According to facility operators, the factors that determine
the price to be charged by the industry for handling and process-
ing hazardous waste materials include:

           Type of disposal technique
           Waste characteristics          :
           Degree of hazard
           Demand for services.

      Exhibit V-15 shows actual reported prices 'for treatment
and disposal of various materials by waste management option.
The price for disposal is a function of the characteristic of
the waste material and the risks associated with handling these
materials.  The less toxic, easy-to-handle materials are less
expensive to dispose of.  The more toxic material requiring
extra handling precautions are more expensive to dispose of and
may command premium prices.  Generally, land treatment and deep-
well injection are the least expensive, and incineration, the
most expensive.  The prices charged did not vary significantly
for each of the hazardous waste management options between
regions.  However, the overall price of disposal does vary
significantly by region due to the different mix of methods used.
For example, treatment and disposal for a particular waste stream
may be less expensive in California than in the Northeast because
land treatment/solar evaporation, a relatively inexpensive option,
could be used.  The prices presented in Exhibit V-15 are exclusive
of transporation costs.

      Exhibit V-16 shows three alternative rules-of thumb used
by the industry to price transportation. Transportation costs may
represent 20 percent to 80 percent of the total costs of off-site
disposal depending on the method of hauling and distance shipped.
Unit costs may be higher  for generators of volumes less than a
full transport load  unless the hauler can make up a full load by
picking  up waste from nearby generators or by utilizing transfer
stations.
                            V-35

-------
                              EXHIBIT   V-15
                   Repotted Prices  for Hazardous  Waste
                           Management  Services
                                  1980
                                             Price
Waste Management Option

Landfill1
   Wastes which are not acutely
   hazardous, including sludges

   Highly toxic, explosives
   or reactives
$/Metric  Ton  .
  20-90
 100-400
^/Gallon
   8-34
  38-152
Land treatment
   5-25
   2-9
Incineration
   High BTU value,  no acute
   hazard

   Highly toxic,  heavy metals
  50-300

 300-1000
  19-114

 114-378
Chemical treatment      >
   Acids, alkalines

   Cyanides, heavy metals,
   highly toxics
  15-80
'100-500
   6-30
  38-200
Resource recovery
                                    50-200
                     19-80
Deep-well injection
   Oily wastewaters

   Dilute toxic rinse waters
  15-40

  50-100
   6-15

  19-38
1    By comparison, disposal in sanitary landfills generally costs
     between $5 and $10 per ton.

 Source:   Booz,  Allen  &  Hamilton Inc.         "
                                    V-36

-------
                        EXHIBIT V-16
             Alternative Transportation  Pricing
                        Rules of Thumb
       Transportation^-
       Pricing Method

Flat rate per hour
  Price
$30 - $40
Flat rate per mile,  round trip
$1.50 -  $3.00
Fixed cost plus variable cost
  (usually applied tp  shorter trips)
$100 - $150 minimum charge
and $1.00 - $1.50 per mile
 1    Based on standard load of  6,000 gallons for tank trucks and 80  drums
   1  for flatbed trucks.

 Note:  These rules of thumb were obtained by Booz, Allen during the
       interviews.  Not all facility operators use these rules of thumb.
 Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                                 V-37

-------
     Most facilities interviewed did not charge for sampling
and testing or charged a minimal fee (less than $100)  for  :
an initial test and for new customers.   However, with the
new manifest responsibilities under RCRA, more companies
expect to charge for sampling and testing.
     This chapter has discussed the current volumes and
capacities of the hazardous waste management industry. .
Approximately 7.0 million WMT are expected to be treated/
disposed by the industry in 1980.  Currently, on a national
basis, there is substantial unused capacity.  The next     ;
chapter presents the future capacity projections for 1981
and 1982.
                          V-38

-------
       VI.  FORECAST OF OFF-SITE HAZARDOUS WASTE
             MANAGEMENT CAPACITY, 1981 AND 1982
     This chapter presents a -forecast of capacity expansion
by the hazardous  waste management industry.   The industry
forecasts are  based solely on the expansion plans of current
industry participants because it was found during the course
of this study  that new participants  (such as  generators or
sanitary landfill operators) are not expected to have a
major impact on  future off-site hazardous waste  management
capacity during the 1981 and 1982 time frame.  Capacity
expansion includes both additional capacity at existing sites
and new sites.  It does not include ownership changes.

     This chapter is organized to first discuss  the factors
influencing  future industry expansion plans and  then present
the capacity forecasts for 1981 and  1982.  The industry
forecasts are  not projected beyond the 1982 time frame in
this chapter because very few of the industry participants
interviewed had  specific expansion commitments beyond a
2-year time horizon.  Forecasts to 1985 are included in
Appendix H.

1.   PARTICIPANTS IN THE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT INDUSTRY
     CITED PUBLIC OPPOSITION TO SITING AS THE CRITICAL FACTOR
     AFFECTING gXPAN'S'IONV ' NEW 'ENTRANTS' AND" EME'RGTNG
    'TECHNOLOGIES ARE NOT EXPECTED TO INFLUENCE  CAPACITY
     SIGNIFICANTLY

     Although  many factors are seen  as having an influence
on the future  capacity of the hazardous waste management
industry, public  opposition stood out as the  most critical
factor.  This  section will discuss public opposition as well
as other factors  which may influence the future  capacity of
the industry.

      (1)  Public Opposition to Siting Waste Management
          Facilities Was Almost Universally Cited as the
          Most Important Factor Affecting the Industry' s"
          Ability To Expand

          In addition to thwarting many attempts at siting
     new facilities,1 intense public opposition  has forestalled
     Examples of recent unsuccessful attempts include:  (1)  RLC Corpora-
     tion's attempt to establish a secure landfill in North  Carolina;
     (2) SCA's attempt to develop a secure landfill on an operating con-
     ventional landfill in Bordentown, New Jersey; (3) Waste Management's
     attempt to establish a full service facility in, Kentucky; and (4) BFI's
     attempt to establish a hazardous waste facility in Amsterdam, New York.
                            VI-1

-------
expansion of existing facilities and,  in several in-
stances,  brought about the closing of  some operating
facilities.1  The opposition to siting new facilities
frequently encompasses pressure from the general public
which may delay or eventually postpone a permit, as
well as  local zoning, construction laws,  or other specific
statutes  which can be~used to prohibit development of
new hazardous waste management facilities.

     The  intensity of public opposition to the siting of
new facilities varies widely across treatment/disposal
practices.   The siting process is generally easier for
chemical  treatment, resource recovery,  and land treatment
facilities.   On the other hand, secure landfills and in-
cinerators are more difficult to site  because of the
highly toxic nature of the wastes processed and public
concerns  over improper disposal practices and for land-
fills, proper post-closure maintenance of sites.  For
example,  secure landfills were "redlined" out of many
areas of  New England through zoning laws.2

     The  recent historical experience  in the siting of   :
new facilities and the current perceptions  of industry
members indicate that future successful  siting attempts
are likely to be characterized by the  following:

           Significant importance of waste generating indus-
           tries to the local economy

           Reputation of the private waste management firm
           or waste management authority  in  the local com-
          munity

          Existence of other well-managed hazardous waste
          management facilities in the area              :

          Active state encouragement of new facilities
          through assistance in overcoming  local restric-
          tions                                           ,

          Involvement of public officials and local
          citizens early on in the site selection process
  In a previous study, "siting of Hazardous Waste Management Fa-
  cilities and Public Opposition," issued in 1979, EPA identified
  and assessed 21 proposed and operating hazardous waste facilities
  which were subject to varying degrees of public opposition.

  In Massachusetts, local communities have passed ordinances
  restricting the siting of hazardous waste facilities.  Other
  communities have established rigorous review processes which
  encompass many government agencies including the Boards of
  Health.
                        VI-2

-------
          Location of  sites  away from major residential
          areas,  especially  for landfills  and incinera-
          tion facilities

          Exclusion of wastes  perceived to be highly
          toxic,  such  as PCBs

          Demonstration of comprehensive technical
          evaluation and planning for proposed sites
          which encompass the  need for the site,
          safety precautions,  and the impacts on the
          local community.

     In addition to public opposition to siting, the
hazardous waste management firms reported other factors
influencing their willingness  and ability to expand
capacity.

          Strong enforcement of hazardous waste
          regulations.Many firms indicated that the
          economic•viability of the hazardous waste
          management industry crucially depends upon
          effective enforcement.  Such enforcement would
          significantly reduce unfair competition from
          illegal  operations and would ensure a strong
          demand  for additional disposal  capacity.  Un-
          fair competition does not necessarily imply
          "midnight dumpers."   If enforcement is  lax,
          waste designated as hazardous may  be  disposed
          of  in sanitary  landfills.  Without_strict
          enforcement,  hazardous waste  facilities
          cannot  be price competitive.  It is als'o
          possible that strict  enforcement could  have
          a substantial negative  impact on capacity if
          certain facilities  are  shut down that cannot
          comply  with the regulations.

          Ability to  comply with  financial responsibility
          requirements  of RCRA.Many  smaller firms,
          based on their  perceptions  of the financial
          responsibility  requirements  as  originally
          proposed under  RCRA,  were  concerned about
          their ability to  remain economically  viable.
          They felt that  the  closure  and  post-closure
          financial requirements  would be prohibitive
          to all  but  the  largest  firms.   However, under
          the Interim Status  Standards, much of this
          concern will  have been  lessened due to  reduced
          requirements.
                        VI-3

-------
          Capital availability.  Capital intensive
          facilities  such as  high-temperature incinera-
          tion and  full-service  facilities require
          levels of external  financing which are signif-
          icant relative  to the  largest firms in the
          industry.   At the current time,  public financing
          assistance  vis-a-vis the tax-exempt market,
          is not, available to hazardous waste management
          firms.1   Despite the relative size of the
          financing requirements,  the  lack of'an exten-
          sive track  record of successful  financing,  and
          the prohibition against  the  use  of tax-exempt
          debt, most  firms reported that access to capital
          was not a major constraint to,pursuing expansion
          plans reporting that they were obtaining
          financing.

     Several additional factors  were also  cited by
hazardous waste management firms which may inhibit addi-
tions to capacity.  First, some  firms  reported encounter-
ing .technical problems in the start-up of  new facilities.
Second, bureaucratic  problems in permitting facilities
tend to increase the  legal fees  and do extend the lead-
times involved.  Finally,  some firms were  reluctant to
expand capacity because of the potential liabilities
associated with operation of  a hazardous waste- facility.

(2)  Over the Next  Two Years, There May Be Some New
     Entrants to the  Hazardous Waste Management Industry,
     However, Their Impact On Additional Capacity Is
     Not Expected To  Be Significant

     There has been much  discussion within the industry
that some major corporations  have  been considering
diversification into  the  hazardous waste management
field.  The discussion has centered on three types of
potential new entrants:

          Major hazardous waste  generators with treatment/
          disposal  capacity suitable for handling       '•.
          hazardous waste who  would offer services to other
          firms.

          Major'domestic  industrial firms  or sanitary    :
          landfills that would either  build or  convert
          existing  facilities to hazardous waste
          management  sites.
 Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Service Code prohibits the
 use of industrial development revenue bonds for the financing
 of hazardous waste facilities.
                       'VI-4

-------
          Foreign  companies with hazardous waste
          management experience abroad who would enter
          the  domestic marketplace.

     Although  there probably will be attempts from all
three  types  of potential new entrants, participants
of the hazardous waste management industry feel that
foreign  companies  may be the only significant new
entrants.
     Major hazardous  waste  generators such as firms
within the chemical industry may begin to offer some
of their treatment capacity to other firms for a fee.
Typically, this capacity is waste specific and probably
not compatible with a wide  variety of waste streams.
Therefore, although some chemical firms1 may offer
some types of  hazardous waste management services they
are not  seen as being a major factor in the near future.
However, industry  participants feel that some chemical
firms may penetrate some local markets which probably
will have more of  an effect on local pricing than on
volumes  handled.

     The second category of potential new entrants—
major  industrial firms or sanitary landfills—have
expressed an interest in playing a more important role
in the industry.   Over the past few years, several
large  firms  have considered entering the hazardous
waste  management"industry with large scale facilities.
However, on  closer examination some firms feel that the
investment risk may outweigh the profits.2


      Industry  sources suggest that the investment
and  liability  risks associated with hazardous waste
operations may continue to deter major new entrants.
In addition, potential entrants may perceive that
existing firms have a competitive advantage  for
several  reasons:

           Ownership of land which is permitted for
           hazardous waste operations and may be
           suitable for expansion

           Existing relationships with generators
 The El duPont de Nemours Chambers Works facility in Deep Water,
 New Jersey has recently announced that it will provide waste-
 water treatment services.
 Based on other studies, Booz, Allen knows of three major firms
 that recently decided not to diversify into the hazardous waste
 management industry.
                       VI-5

-------
          Technical and operating experience

          Familiarity with the regulatory environment.

     The final category of potential new entrants is
foreign companies that would enter the domestic market-
place.  Two foreign firms are currently in the domestic
marketplace:

          Stablex Corporation—at several U.S. locations

          Vulcanus—a vessel with incineration capa-
          bilities that is based out of Houston, Texas.

Industry participants felt that these firms could be
a major influence in the U.S. marketplace in future
periods.  However, the impact in the next 2 years is
probably minor, since up to 2 years lead time is required
for construction of a "grass roots" facility.

(3)  Emerging Technologies Are Not Expected To Have
       Major Impact On Hazardous Waste Management        :

     Hazardous waste technology research and develop-
ment  (R&D) activities have increased substantially in
the past few years.  Some waste management firms are
actively pursuing modified technologies but it
appears that the principal actors involved in' R&D are
the U.S. EPA-Cincinnati, universities, and waste
generators.  In addition, a considerable amount of
research is being undertaken in Europe.

     Typically, recent technology developments have
been driven by one underlying philosophy; no hazardous   ;
waste should be buried without undergoing the maximum
amount of detoxification or destruction feasible.  Thus,
a variety of traditional technologies  (e.g., incinera-  ,
tion) and more exotic chemical and physical detoxifi-
cation technologies  (e.g., microwave plasma) have
received great emphasis.  Most technologies, however,
are in the very early stages of development and will
require several years of development before the
commercialization opportunities can be fully assessed.

     Appendix J presents a synopsis of thirteen
emerging technologies that were identified during
interviews, as having potential to impact future
processing or disposal techniques employed by the
industry.  The emerging technologies are either          ;
highly waste specific or require lengthy development
programs prior to commercialization.  These emerging  =
technologies are not expected to have a significant
impact on the industry in,the next 4 years.              .
                    VI-6

-------
          As discussed in this  section, neither  innovative  tech-
     nology nor new entrants are expected  to  have  a  significant
     impact on new capacity in  1981 and 1982. • Therefore, the
     capacity forecasts which are presented in the next  section
     do not account for potential new'entrants or  major  tech-
     nology shifts.

2.   THE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT INDUSTRY  PLANS SIGNIFICANT
     CAPACITY INCREASES OVER THE NEXT TWO  YEARS.   THE  MOST
     AGGRESSIVE PLANS ARE FOR INCINERATION AND CHEMICAL
     TREATMENT FACILITIES.

     This section first presents a brief summary of  the  metho-
dology employed to develop the  capacity forecasts  for  1981  and
•1982 and should be clearly understood so that the  forecasts may
be properly interpreted.1  Then the capacity  forecasts are  pre-
sented for each type of waste management option.

     In essence, four types of  capacity additions  were used in
building our forecast of capacity for 1981 and 1982.

          Firm commitment—reported capacity  additions planned
          for those companies that are in  the process  of purchas-
          ing, or have purchased land and/or  equipment;  are per-
          forming engineering designs; or  are proceeding with the
          permitting process when the interview  took place.
          Although considered a firm commitment  to expansion,
          these additions may not take place  as  planned  if  public
          opposition or permitting problems are  encountered.

          Under study—reported capacity additions planned  for
          those firms that have completed  or  are about to complete
          technical and economic studies for  well-defined expan-
          sion possibilities.

          Crystal ball—reported capacity  additions  planned for
          those firms that expressed a desire to increase capac-
          ity but have committed neither time nor  money  to  formal
          planning.

          Inferred—inferred capacity additions  for  37 facilities
          for which reported data were lacking on  all  topics'  and
          23 facilities for which planned  capacity expansions
          could not be obtained but other  data were  gathered.
          The addition to capacity of these facilities was  es-
          timated based on the  expansion plans of  similar facil-
          ities in the same region.
      •Appendix I presents a more detailed description of the
       methodology.
                             VI-7

-------
     The sum of these four types- of capacity expansions is
used to form a baseline estimate of capacity for 1981 and
1982.  Probable upper and lower bounds of the baseline
capacity forecasts were developed to appropriately reflect
the major uncertainties implicit in the capacity estimates.
These bounds are not absolute limits on the capacity additions
but instead are used to form a range which accounts for the
inherent uncertainties of the forecasting.,  The lower bound
of potential error is based on two adjustments:

          Subtract 24 percent of the baseline estimate to
          reflect the uncertainty associated with the 1980
          capacity estimates.  The' derivation of 24 percent
          is described in Chapter IV.

          Subtract an additional amount to reflect the un-
          certainty associated with using inferred estimates
          for capacity additions.  This "sampling error"
          proxy was developed for each waste management
          option and is based on the percentage of capacity:
          additions  imputed  versus reported.

     The upper end of the range was  derived using a similar
procedure by adjusting the baseline  estimates upward by the:
appropriate percentages.

     The ranges for  capacity of each waste management option
are  shown in Exhibit VT-1.   Incineration, chemical treatment,
land treatment, landfill, and resource recovery are all
forecast to experience increases in  capacity by 1982, while
deep-well injection  is expected to incur no growth.

     The next part of this section presents for each waste
management option:

          The forecasted growth in capacity
          The influence of uncertainty on the forecasts
          Regional differences in the capacity forecasts.

     The same methodology used to,develop national upper
and lower bounds on capacity was applied-at the regional
level.   Appendix I provides a more detailed discussion of
the methodology.
                            VI-8

-------
                                                 EXHIBIT VI-1
                                     Hazardous Waste Management Industry
                                 Capacity Forecasts  By Waste  Management Option
                                            (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
H
I
Waste Management Option
Lifetime:
. Landfill1
Annual:
Land Treatment
Incineration
Chemical Treatment
Resource Recovery
Deep-Well Injection
1980
Lower
Bound

20,979

1,852
509
2,980
812
3,539
Baseline

27,604

2,437
670
3,921
1,069
4,657
Upper
Bound

34,229

3,022
831
4,862
1,325
5,775
1981
Lower
Bound

23,048

2,245
779
3,546
888
3,539
Baseline

30,334

2,972
1,037
4,787
1,184
4,657
Upper
Bound

37,619

3,695
1,295
6,028
1,478
5,775
1982
Lower
Bound

19,094

2,293
1,094
4,450
972
3,539
Baseline

25,124

3,034
1,490
5,910
1,287
4,657
Upper
Bound

31,157

3,774
1,886
7,370
1,602
5,775
                 Assumes regional utilization at 1980 rate or 5-year lifetime,whichever is  highest, for
                 1981  and 1982 to determine lifetime capacity.
            Source:   Booz, Allen  & Hamilton  Inc.

-------
 (1)   I n c i n er a t ion

      The  baseline forecast for incineration shows a
 55 percent growth by 1981 and an additional 43 percent
 growth in capacity from 1981 to 1982 (Exhibit VI-2).
 This  expansion is equivalent to the addition of 30 to
 50 new facilities,  if they were of median size.1
 Although  this reflects the aggressive expansion plans
 of several companies,  few have made firm commitments
 with  respect to these expansion plans.

      As Exhibit VI-2 shows,  the majority of the expan-
 sion  planned is in the under study category.   The 1982
 planned expansion is dominated by IT Corporation's
 plans to  construct an $84 million hazardous waste
 facility  in Louisiana that will include significant
 incineration capacity.2  On a regional  basis,  EPA
 Regions IV and VI account for 69 percent of the increase
 in capacity by 1982.   Exhibit VI-3 presents the in-
 cineration capacity forecasts by region.

 (2)   Chemical Treatment

      The  baseline forecast of capacity  growth for     ;
 chemical,  physical  and biological treatment facilities
 is 22 percent in 1981 and 23 percent in 1982  (see
 Exhibit VI-4).   This expansion is equivalent  to the
 addition  of 30-50 new facilities by 1982,  if  all ex-
 pansion were at new facilities and these facilities
 were  of median size.    As in the case of incinerator
 capacity,  very little of  the forecasted additions to   .
 capacity  are based  upon reported firm commitments.
 In 1981,  for example,  only approximately 10 percent
 of the forecasted capacity expansion reflects  firm
 commitments.

      EPA  Region V accounts for 42 percent  of  the
 capacity  additions  in 1981,  while the planned  expansion
 in Region VI accounts  for over half of  the capacity
 additions in 1982 (Exhibit VI-5).

 (3)   Resource Recovery

      Growth in  annual  resource recovery capacity is
 forecast  to be  10 percent in 1981 and $ percent in
 1982  (see Exhibit VI-6).   Only one company reported    :
 a firm commitment for  capacity expansion over  the
 1981  to 1982 time frame.   In addition,  50  percent of
 the baseline capacity  additions are inferred  additions
 in 1981 which makes  these expansions less  certain.
See Exhibit II-2 for median size facility.

Hazardous Waste Report, November 19, 1979, Vol. 1, No. 8,  p. 16.
                       VI-10

-------
                          EXHIBIT VI-2
              Hazardous  Waste  Management  Industry
               National  Forecast of  Incinerator
                     Capacity 1981 and 1982
v>  1.5
   1.0
o
3
   1.5
        BASELINE
UPPER
BOUND
                     , LOWER
                      BOUND
               1980
         1981
1982
                                                             1.5
                                                             1.0
                                                            0.5
                                          O
                                          .^
                                          E

TOTAL ANNUAL CAPACITY, BEGINNING OF YEAR
TOTAL PLANNED ADDITIONS DURING YEAR
•FIRM COMMITMENT ADDITIONS
•UNDER STUDY ADDITIONS
• CRYSTAL BALL ADDITIONS
• INFERRED ADDITIONS
BASELINE END OF YEAR CAPACITY
LOWER BOUND ON CAPACITY
UPPER BOUND ON CAPACITY
1980
' (MILLION- Vt
-
-
0.67
0.51
0.83
1981
IET METRI
0.67
0.37
0.19
0.11
0.01
0.06
1.04
0.78
1.30
1982
C TONS)
1.04
0.45
.37
.03
.05
1.49
1.09
1.89
 NOTE: DETAIL MAY NOT ADD TO TOAL BECAUSE OF ROUNDING

 SOURCE: BOOZ, ALLEN & HAMILTON Inc.
                             VI-11

-------
                                            EXHIBIT  VI-3
                                Hazardous Waste Management Industry
                            Regional Forecasts of Incinerator Capacity
                                          For 1981 and 1982
                                      (Thousand Wet  Metric Tons)
H
I
EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
ix •
X
TOTAL
1980
Lower
Bound
17
25
100
56
102
175
• -
-
34
-
509
Baseline
23
33
131
74
134
230
-
-
45
-
670
Upper
Bound
29
41
162
92
166
285
-
-
56
-
831
1981
Lower
Bound
47
42
100
132
168
218
-
-
72
"
779
Baseline
62
55
132
178
224
291
-
-
95
-
1,037
Upper
Bound
77
68
164
224
280
364
-
-
118
-
1,295
1982
Lower
Bound
47
65
104
154
168
484
-
-
72
-
1,094
Baseline
62
86
132
202
259
665
-
-
84
-
1,490
Upper
Bound
77
107
160
250
350
846
-
-
96
-
1,886
              Note:  Detail may not add to total because of rounding.

              Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.

-------
                          EXHIBIT VI-4
             Hazardous  Waste Management Industry
         National Forecast of  Chemical Treatment
                  Capacity 1981 and 1982
   V)
                       UPPER
                       BOUND
                      •BASELINE
                       -LOWER
                       BOUND
                V)
                3S
                O
                             7



                             6



                             5



                             4



                             •3  Z
                               2
                               _1
                               -^
                               E
                             2



                             1
                                                              LU
                1980
1981
1982

TOTAL ANNUAL CAPACITY, BEGINNING OF YEAR
TOTAL PLANNED ADDITIONS DURING YEAR
• FIRM COMMITMENT ADDITIONS
•UNDER STUDY ADDITIONS
• CRYSTAL BALL ADDITIONS
•INFERRED ADDITIONS
BASELINE END OF YEAR CAPACITY
LOWER BOUND ON CAPACITY
UPPER BOUND ON CAPACITY
1980
(MILLION,
-
-
3.92
2.98
4.86
1981
WET METR
3.92
0.87
0.09
0.55
0.05
0.18
4.79
3.55
6.03
1982
C TOMS)
4.79
1.12
0.04
0.61
0.26
0.21
5.91
4.45
7.37
Note:   Detail may not add to total  because of rounding


Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                              VI-13

-------
                             EXHIBIT VI-5
                  Hazardous Waste Management  Industry
          Reqional Forecasts of Chemical Treatment Capacity!
                            For 1981 and 1982
                       (Thousand Wet Metric  Tons)







<
H
1
M
>&>





EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
1980
Lower
Bound
71
928
473
238
771
117
50
-
251
81
2,980
Baseline
93
1,221
622
313
1,015
154
66
-
330
107
3,921
Upper
Bound
115
1,514
'771
388
1,259
191
82
-
409
133
4,862
1981
Lower
Bound
140
1,010
550
291
1,008
130
57
30
250
81
3,546
Baseline
185
1,330
739
427
1,375
178.
76
40
330
107
4,787
Upper
Bound
230
1,650
928
564
1,742
226
95
50
410
133
6,028

Lower
Bound
184
1,110
590
370
1,151
624
63
30
235
94
-4,450
1982
Baseline
242
1,464
784
484
1,518
842
83
40
330
123
5,910

Upper
Bound
300
1,815
980
600
1,885
1060
103
50
425
152
7,370
1   Adjusted  to reflect  10 percent overlap which also requires some other form of
    capacity  for ultimate disposition.

Note:   Detail may not add to  total because of rounding.

Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.     "'                          "  =

-------
   1.75


   1.50


 vt , oc
 z» 1.25
 CJ
   1.00
 3 0.75
   0.50
   0.2F
                          EXHIBIT VI-6
            Hazardous  Waste  Management  Industry
           National Forecast of Resource Recovery
                    Capacity  1981  and 1982
UPPER
                      r BASELINE
                       .LOWER
                       BOUND
              1.75


              1.50


              1.25  i
                  o

              1.00  £
                  LU
                  s

              0.75  3

                  o
              0.50  |


              0.25
                 198Q
         1981
1982

TOTAL ANNUAL CAPACITY, BEGINNING OF YEAR
TOTAL PLANNED ADDITIONS DURING YEAR
•FIRM COMMITMENT ADDITIONS
• UNDER STUDY ADDITIONS
• CRYSTAL BALL ADDITIONS
•INFERRED ADDITIONS
BASELINE END OF YEAR CAPACITY
LOWER BOUND ON CAPACITY
UPPER BOUND ON CAPACITY
1980
(MILLION W
-
__
—
—
—
1.07
0.81
1.33
1981
ET IWETRI
1.07
0.11
.05
—
.01
.05
1.18
0.89
1.48
1982
C TONS)
1.18
.10
_
.05
.02
.03
1.28
0.97
1.60
Note:   Detail may not add to total because of  rounding.

Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                               VI-15

-------
     The principal forecasts  presented in Exhibit III-7
indicate that EPA Regions  III and  V are projected to
account for the majority of the  increase in resource
recovery capacity, 22 percent and.48 percent,  respec-
tively by 1982.

(4)  Land Treatment

     The forecasted  annual growth  in land treatment
capacity is 22 percent  in  1981 and 2 percent in 1982
(see Exhibit VI-8).   Significant increases in land'
treatment capacity have recently occurred in 1980.  For
example, Region IX added over 300  thousand tons of land
treatment capacity in 1980.   However, the firms reporting
expansion plans did  not foresee  a  continuation of this
trend in 1981 or 1982.  In 1981  almost all of the fore-  :
casted capacity additions  were based on firm commit-
ments.  However, for 1982  no  expansion plans were
reported.  Because of the  significant regional con-
centration of land treatment,  80 percent of the expan-
sion is forecast for Region IX.  Exhibit VI-9
presents the regional capacity forecasts for 1981 and
1982.

(5)  Deep-Well Injection

     None of the surveyed  firms  reported any antici-
pated increase in pumping  capacity for deep-well in-
jection.  These firms reported that current capacity
should be sufficient to accommodate demand.

(6)  Landfill                  '.    "

     In order to project available capacity for landfill
over the 1981-82 time frame,  it  was necessary to developi
forecasts of additions  to  capacity and capacity utiliza-
tion rate.  For example, the  available capacity at the
beginning of 1982 was determined as follows:
     available
     capacity
     in 1982
      (beginning
     of the, year)
available
capacity  -  additions to
in 1981   + capacity
(beginning  during 1981
of the year)
capacity
.utilized
during 1981
                       VI-16

-------
                                              EXHIBIT VI-7
                                 Hazardous Waste Management Industry
                          Regional Forecasts of Resource Recovery Capacity
                                           For 1981 and  1982
                                         (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
H
I
EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI ;
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
1980
Lower
Bound
73
388
38
32
268
-
5
-
-
8
812
Baseline
96
510
51
43
352
-
6
-
-
11
1,069
Upper
Bound
119
632
64
54
436
-
7
-
-
13
1,325
1981
Lower
Bound
80
404
44
31
315
-
r
•j
-
-
9
888
Baseline
105
532
52
43
432
-
7
- -
-
13
1,184
Upper
Bound
130
660
60
55
549
-
9
-
-
17
1,478
1982
Lower
Bound
80
431
75
31
341
-
5
-
-
9
972
Baseline
105
564
98
43
457
-
7
-
-
13
1,287

Upper
Bound
130
697
121
55
573
-
9
-
-
17
1,602
             Note:  Detail may not add to total because of rounding.

             Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.

-------
                         EXHIBIT VI-8
             Hazardous Waste  Management Industry
        National Forecast  of Land Treatment  Capacity
                         1981-1982
  cc
  LU
  LU
  o
  ms
  _j
  s
                      UPPER
                      BOUND
                      BASELINE
.LOWER
BOUND
                1980
         1981
1982

TOTAL ANNUAL CAPACITY, BEGINNING OF YEAR
TOTAL PLANNED ADDITIONS DURING YEAR
• FIRM COMMITMENT ADDITIONS
•UNDER STUDY ADDITIONS
•CRYSTAL BALL ADDITIONS
• INFERRED ADDITIONS
BASELINE END OF YEAR CAPACITY
LOWER BOUND ON CAPACITY
UPPER BOUND ON CAPACITY
1980
(MILLION'
-
-
2.44
1.85
3.02
1981
WET METR
2.44
0.53
0.47
0.06
2.97
2.25
3.70
1982
C TONS)
2.97
0.06
0.06
3.03
2.29
3.77
Note:  Detail may not add to total because of rounding.

Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                              VI-18

-------
H
I
                                            EXHIBIT VI-9
                               Hazardous  Waste Management Industry
                           Regional Forecasts of  Land Treatment Capacity
                                          For.1981 and 1982
                                     (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV*
V
VI*
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
1980
Lower
Bound
-
-
-
-
"-
777
-
-
1,007
68
1,852
Baseline
-
-
-
-
-
1,022
-
-
1,325
90
2,437
Upper
Bound
-
-
-
-
--
1,267
-
-
1,643
112
3,022
<
1981
Lower
Bound
-
-
-
I
-
777
-
33
1>368
70
2,245
Baseline
-
-
-
-
-
1,022
-
60
1,800
90
2,972
Upper
Bound
-
-
-
-
-
1,267
-
87
2,232
110
3,695

Lower
Bound
-
-
-
-
-
811
-
33
1,379
70
2 , 293
1982
Baseline
-
-
-
-
-
1,084
-
60
1,800
90
. 3,034
Upper
Bound
-
-
-
-
-
1,357
-
87
2,220
110
3,774
               * The delta for Region IV have been included in Region VI to avoid disclosure
                 of confidential information.

            Note:   Detail may not  add to total because of rounding.

            Source: Booz, Allen &  Ilami] tdn Inc.

-------
The vast majority of  surveyed  firms reported that  the
significant uncertainties  surrounding the  impacts  of
RCRA regulations on secure landfill precluded  them from  :
even "guesstimating"  future utilization  rates.  There-
fore, in order  to estimate the capacity  utilized during
1981, it is necessary to make  an assumption.   For  pur-
poses of the analysis performed in this  report, it is
'assumed that landfills will be used at either  the  1989
utilization rate for  a region  or a rate  consistent with
a  5-year lifetime for the  region's landfill capacity,
whichever  is highest.  This assumption reflects a  fairly
rapid utilization of  existing  landfill capacity.   To the
extent that landfills are  utilized more  slowly, this
assumption underestimates  the  available  lifetime capacity
in 1981 and 1982.  The resultant capacity  forecasts do
not explicitly  account for the significant uncertainty
related to utilization rates.  Thus, in  the case of
secure landfill, the  calculated upper and  lower bounds
understate the  potential variability in  the annual
capacity forecasts.

    Based  on these assumptions, the forecasted annual
growth in  landfill capacity is 10 percent  in 1981  and
-17 percent for 1982.  As  depicted in Exhibit  V-10,
the overwhelming majority  of 1981 additions to capacity  I
come from  EPA Region  IV.   Region III is  forecast to have
a  negative addition to 1980 capacity  (50,000 wet metric
tons).  This is the result of  a landfill facility  which
was reported by its owners to  be voluntarily closing     ;
due to noncompliance  with  RCRA-Subtitle  C.  One small
landfill in California may also stop accepting hazar-
dous wastes because of RCRA requirements.
                      VI-20

-------
                           EXHIBIT  VI-1.0
             Hazardous Waste Management Industry
       National Forecast of Lifetime Landfill  Capacity
                           1981 and 1982
    40
    30
    20
    10
       UPPER  .
       BOUND   ^
       BASELINE).
 LOWER
- BOUND"
34


28



 21
                 1980
                                       38
                                30
                                       23
                          1981
31


25


19
                                                               40
                                                               30
                                                           V)
                                                           o
                                                           o
                                                           5=
                                                               20
                                                               10
                         1932

TOTAL ANNUAL CAPACITY, BEGINNING OF YEAR
TOTAL PLANNED ADDITIONS DURING YEAR
• FIRM COMMITMENT ADDITIONS
•UNDER STUDY ADDITIONS
•CRYSTAL BALL ADDITIONS
• INFERRED ADDITIONS
REDUCTION IN CAPACITY1
BASELINE END OF YEAR CAPACITY
LOWER BOUND ON CAPACITY
UPPER BOUND ON CAPACITY
1980
(MILLION \
-
-
2.70
527.60
20.98
34.2
1981
NET METRI
27.60
8.41
7.95
0.21
0.25
5.68'
30.33
23.05
37.62
1982
rfblsF
30.33
0.47
0.18
0.01
0.08
0.20
5.68
25.12
19.09
31.16
      Assuming regional utilization at 1980 rate or.5-year lifetime
      whichever is highest.

Source:   Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc'.:
                              VI-21

-------
H
I
NJ
                                                EXHIBIT VI-11
                                  Hazardous Waste Management Industry
                            Regional Forecasts of Lifetime Landfill Capacity1
                                              for  1981 and 1982
                                         (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
1980
Lower
Bound
8
851
1,512
4,317 .
1,469
7,824
555
-
4,026
418
20,979
Baseline
10
1,120
1,990
5,680
1,933
10,295
730
-
5,297
550
% 27,604
Upper
Bound
12
1,389
2,467
7,043
2,397
12,766
905
-
6,568
682
34,229
1981
Lower
Bound
4
578
1,137
7,877
1,118
8,427
448
-
3,109
350
23,048
Baseline
5
879
1,542
10,364
1,597
10,393
614
- '
4,441
500
30,334
Upper
Bound
6
1,180
1,942
12,851
,:2V076
12,360
780
-
5,773
! 650
37,619

Lower
Bound
_42
405
869
7,013
951
6,455
372
- -
2 , 646
304
19,094
1982
Baseline
-12
638
1,144
9,228
1,251
8,493
489
^
3,482
400
25,124

Upper
Bound
2
79 11
1,419
11,443
1,551
10,531
606 ~
-
4,318
596
31,157
              1    Remaining  capacity based on a'utilization rate equal to that of 1980 or'a 5-year
                  lifetime)  whichever is highest.                  .    :   ":  '

              2    Represents landfill capacity] that will be needed from1 other regions if current^ rate
                  of-demand  continues. 7.-- - -	-7	  .....__:_. _.._. ._		....._,_. _ -   ....... ..    j_ ..  • .

                  Note^  Detail may;not;;add toftotal because of rounding.    •  ;


                  Source: Booiz, Allen ^Hamilton  Inc.-  -               -- •-    -f      ,   -

-------
     Public opposition to siting is the critical factor
affecting capacity expansion according to participants in
the industry.  However, .significant capacity expansions are
planned by these firms for 1981 and 1982, especially for
incineration and chemical treatment.
                          VI-23

-------

-------
       VII.  THE POTENTIAL EFFECT OF  SELECTED
           RCRA REQUIREMENTS ON OFF-SITE CAPACITY
     The regulatory requirements and the enforcement of RCRA
are anticipated to have a major impact on the hazardous-waste
management industry.  Although the final requirements of RCRA
have not been totally formulated, this chapter identifies some
key segments of RCRA and discusses the potential effect on
off-site capacity based on data from interviews conducted
during the course of this study.  The chapter is organized
around three topics:

          Future demand for off-site services.
          Operational and financial liability requirements.
          Technology requirements.

Each of these topics is discussed in detail in the remainder
of this chapter.

1.   WASTE MANAGEMENT FIRMS EXPECT REQUIREMENTS TO INCREASE
     THE DEMAND FOR OFF-SITE TREATMENT/DISPOSAL SERVICES

      The RCRA regulations require generators of hazardous
waste to prepare a manifest for all shipments of such materials
describing the nature and volume of the wastes being trans-
ported and the destination of the waste.  The manifest must
accompany the wastes and a copy is to be returned to the
generator by the operator of the treatment/disposal facility.
This manifest system may increase the volume of wastes being
received by off-site hazardous waste management facilities.

     Waste management firms also expect RCRA permitting and
disposal requirements to result in more generators disposing
of their waste off site.  In the view of these firms, many
types of waste may be classified as hazardous which today
are stored on site or receive conventional treatment.  Rep-
resentatives of the industry believe that many generators
will prefer not to meet the control requirements necessary
to comply with Federal and state regulations and will thus
rely to a greater extent on commercial waste management
facilities.

     Conversely, the RCRA regulations may increase the cost
of proper processing and disposal to a point where industries
may:
                           VII-1

-------
          Alter  manufacturing processes

          Change raw  materials

          Neutralize  waste  residuals  to  eliminate  or
          reduce the  amount of hazardous waste  generated

          Reuse  or  recycle  materials.

       Based on  interviews with participants of the hazardous
waste management industry, the - trend over the next 5 years
will be for increased need for off-site  treatment/disoosal
services.  Industry participants are unsure of the timing of
increased demand, primarily because of the uncertainty over
when enforcement will be effective, but  the industry expec-
tation is optimistic  that demand for environmentally adequate
off-site treatment  and disposal services will increase.

2.   OPERATIONAL AND  FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
     MAY ENCOURAGE  A  FURTHER CONCENTRATION OF THE  HAZARDOUS  ;
     WASTE MANAGEMENT INDUSTRY"                    '.

     Compliance  with  RCRA will increase  the costs  of providing
hazardous waste  management  services.  Several of the key
provisions which will increase operating costs  include:

          Operating requirements
          Groundwater monitoring
          Manifest  system,  recordkeeping and reporting
          Closure and post-closure requirements
          Financial responsibility requirements.

     In general, industry participants believe  that operating
and financial responsibility  requirements may have a pro-
portionately greater  cost impact on small operations.  The
interim status requirements  for liability insurance should
only have a severe  impact on  those firms who must pay a premium
rate because of  poor  operating'records.  Nevertheless, in-
dustry participants felt these requirements, combined with
technological design  standards, could further encourage firms
v.'ith small or medium  sized  facilities to sell out  to major
firms but with a relatively minor impact on total industry
capacity.  It was felt that very few of  the existing sites
would cease operations totally because they would be purchased
by larger firms  even  if the current owners did not plan to
meet RCRA requirements.   In addition,  members of the hazard-
ous waste management industry feel that the operational and
                           VII-2

-------
financial responsibilities  will  deter smaller operations
from entering the industry.1

3.    SOME OF THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS  PROPOSED IN DECEMBER
     1978 COULD DETER FUTURE GROWTH IN CAPACITY FOR
     INCINERATION AND LANDFILLS

     The design requirements proposed in December 1978
dealing with each of the  specific waste management options
may affect the future capacity of: facilities operating
incinerators or landfills. >  The  -following sections summarize
the potential effect of several  design standards that were.
proposed in December 1978:

          Incineration:   There are a number of proposed
          requirements  now under reconsideration by the
          EPA dealing with  the air~pollution control
          efficiencies of incinerators.

               The owners of most of  the 25 incinerators
               covered during this study reported that they
               were equipped or  planned to be equipped with
               scrubbers  that could achieve the efficiency
               requirements  for  toxic emissions removal.

               However,'none of  the incinerators were
               reportedly equipped with collection equip-
               ment to capture heavy  metal contaminants
               (i.e., electrostatic precipitors or the
               equivalent for .particul-ate control) .   Some
               incinerator  owners expressed concern over
               the prospect that they might have to incur an
               investment of several  hundred thousand dol-
               lors for particulate control equipment.
               Others, however,  felt  that the particulate
               control equipment was  minor in relation to
               the investment requirements for a scrubber
               and had plans to  install the equipment to
               achieve a  goal of no visible plume.

          Landfills;  Proposed requirements under considera-
          tion by the EPA could  reduce the effective capacity
          of current landfills.
      One large hazardous waste management firm stated that the financial
      responsibility requirements probably will represent less than 1
      percent of operating cost .for a larger facility ($5-10 million
      annually).
                           VII-3

-------
           Only  two  landfills identified did not
           plan  to install leachate and groundwater
           monitoring  systems which would comply with
           the proposed RCRA standards . i

           Many  of these landfills currently handle
           liquids,  usually  in drums,  as well as solid
           wastes.   However,  bulk or non-containerized
           liquid waste  or waste containing free liquids
           will  not  be  allowed to be disposed of in"
           landfills unless  the landfill has a special
           liner, and leachate collection and removal
           system or the  liquid wastes are stabilized.
           Although  this restriction on liquid wastes
           will  not  take effect until November 1981,
           this  will restrict the effective' capacity   .
           of landfills.

           Stabilization techniques  can  be used to
           contain the hazardous  waste in  lieu  of
           liners at unsecured landfill  sites.   Under
           the proposed leachate  tests (such as acetic
           acid)  currently being  considered, many of
           these stabilization  techniques  may not be
           considered adequate  to be applied at non-  '
           secure landfills.   The amount of  capacity
           potentially  affected by the final RCRA
           standards  would have to be  determined for
           each  type  of stabilization  technique by  the '
           test  method  developed. 2
     Chemical Treatment and Resource Recovery  All of
     the industry participants practicing chemical
     thTS^o   a?L^!SOurce rec°very planned to meet
     the proposed RCRA  requirements.  Most of the
     firms interviewed  predicted that generators
                      y favor  these types of
These two landfills are not included in the capacity estimates.

In 1980, stabilization techniques represented approximately 2
million metric tons of landfill capacity  (lifetime).  it cannot
be assessed what portion of this capacity might be affected by
proposed leachate tests.
                      VII-4

-------
         Deep-well Injection;  The injection of wastes
         into underground formations will eventually be
         covered by regulations developed under the Safe
         Drinking Water Act.' The regulations will set
         strict construction, operating, and abandonment
         requirements for deep-well injection systems,
         which are basically defined as encased wells
         which inject wastes into formations below any  •
         potable aquifers or where no aquifers exist.
         Until this program is in force, deep-well injec-
         tion will be regulated under the RCRA program.

         Although it is not within the scope of this
         study to assess if the hazardous waste management
         facilities currently have any technical problems
         in meeting new standards, all the current capacity
         for deep-well injection of hazardous waste included
         in this report probably would be below potable
         water aquifers or where, no aquifers exist.  There-
         fore, these standards are not likely to have any
         impact on the capacity estimates presented in
         Chapter V  and VI.
      RCRA regulations of hazardous waste will have a major
impact on the hazardous waste management industry.  Demand
for off-site services should increase when RCRA permitting
and disposal requirements take effect.  Furthermore, the
financial responsibility requirements of the RCRA Program
may tend to increase the level of concentration in the in-
dustry.  Finally, design requirements could reduce the avail-
able future capacity that we now predict.  We cannot estimate'
how much and it would not be useful to do so until the
Phase II standards are published.
                          VII-5

-------

-------
                PART III

  ASSESSMENT OF DEMAND FOR AND  SUPPLY
OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT CAPACITY

-------

-------
              VIII.  INTRODUCTION TO PART III
     The  regulations that are  being designed  under_the
Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA)  prohibit
the indiscriminate use of land as a final dumping place
for wastes  and require that  hazardous wastes  are managed
so as to  protect the public  health and'environment.   However,
these regulations may cause  substantial changes in the
demand  for  and supply of off-site commercial  hazardous
waste management.  These changes are of concern to EPA
because it  is not clear if there will be adequate capacity
at off-site facilities to properly treat and  dispose of
the hazardous wastes.

     Parts  I and II of this  report assess the changes in
the demand  for and supply of off-site capacity.  Part I
presents  a  most probable estimate of. 9,738  thousand wet
metric  tons (WMT) of hazardous waste going  off-site for
disposal  in 1981  (see Exhibit III-4).  Part II assesses the
capacity of the hazardous waste management  industry to
process hazardous wastes and presents an annual capacity     .,
estimate of 18,429 thousand  WMT for  1981  (see Exhibit V-14).~
This  part of the  report  provides a  preliminary assessment
of potential off-site capacity short-falls  for 1981 on the
basis of comparisons of  the  demand  for off-site hazardous
waste management  services  developed  in Part I with estimates
of the  available  annual  capacities  presented in Part II.2
It provides gross comparisons of supply  and demand in 1981
and provides an important  perspective to EPA on the up-
coming  situation  during  the  initial  implementation of the
RCRA  hazardous waste management program.
      Annual capacity estimate is a summation of reported capacities
      of all waste management options except landfills.  Landfill
      capacity is ordinarily expressed on a lifetime basis.  Therefore
      to obtain a comparable quantity, we assumed either the current
      utilization rate or 20 percent of lifetime capacity, whichever
      is greater on a regional basis, for annual landfill capacity.

      The capacities presented are those of the hazardous waste
      management industry and do not include independent resource
      recovery operations, because these facilities are typically
      small and do not have the flexibility required to treat many
      waste streams.  Sanitary landfills are also not included, because
      most of these facilities are not expected to receive regulated
      volumes of hazardous waste and operate under the conditions of the RCRA
      C Phase I regulations under Interim Status.

                           VIII-1

-------
     Although this study represents the best and most
recent assessment of the capacity situation, this assess-
ment of waste management demand and capacity has certain
limitations that should be understood when using these
results.

          Both the demand estimates presented in Part I
          and the supply estimates presented in Part II     :
          are subject to uncertainty.  In general, as the
          level of disaggregation increases the potential
          for inaccuracies in the data increases.

          Actual regional markets are not used for the
          analysis.  EPA regions are used as the basis
          for analysis because of data availability.  We
          could not quantify the amounts of wastes which
          currently and in the future may be shipped between
          regions.  Ideally, comparisons would be made
          based on markets determined by economics rather
          than data availability.  Although, we could not
          measure the amounts of waste being shipped between
          regions, we have tried to point out the regions   :
          in which this may be important and have presented
          for each region a map which includes management
          facilities and major generating centers in nearby
          states.

          The demand and supply estimates were developed
          independently and it was not possible to trace
          flows of materials from generators to off-site
          disposal facilities.  Therefore excess capacity
          in a region does not guarantee that problems will
          not occur for some waste streams.

     In order to compare capacity to various waste streams,
it is necessary to know their compatibility.  The percentages
of the various waste streams that could be treated by each  :
of the six waste management operations were estimated based
on both technical and economic factors.  It is believed
that most wastes can be treated by a variety of waste manage-
ment options.  Chemical treatment and landfills are especially
flexible and are suitable to most waste streams.

     The difficulty of assessing demand and supply of off-
site capacity nationwide is further complicated by the
uncertainty regarding generator's future decisions on
whether to dispose on site versus off site.  In the short
run (1981), substantial changes are not anticipated because the
Interim Status Standards of RCRA generally do not place a
large burden on regulated industries.  In the long run, how-
ever, some adjustments can be expected.  Federal regulations
                         VIII-2

-------
eliminate a number of disposal options that were once avail-
able.  Wastes disposed off site in 1981 should be.going to
facilities that are acceptable under the RCRA C regulations.
Some options that were available in 1980, such as sanitary
landfills will not generally be available in 19.81.  The
RCRA C regulations may also indirectly reduce the quantities
of wastes going to publicly owned treatment works if these
facilities place restrictions on generators to prevent their
sludges from becoming hazardous.  For purposes of.this as-
sessment, wastes estimated to be treated or disposed off-
site in 1981, are assumed to be processed by the hazardous
waste management industry.

     The  RCRA  C  regulations may  also  have other  impacts
on  the  future  availability and demand for off-site  capacity.
First,  some  reduction  in  off-site capacity may occur due
to  enforcement actions  against off-site  facilities.  Second,
enforcement  actions  against on-site facilities may  increase
the demand  for off-site capacity.  The permitting process .
for obtaining  an operating license under the general status
standards that EPA is  currently  developing could produce
similar effects  but  the 'impact in 1981 should be limited.
All of  these factors will ultimately  affect the  adequacy
of  off-site  capacity.
          *****
     The  remainder of  Part III presents  the assessment of
off-site  capacity for  1981, first at  a broad national level
and then for each EPA  region.  The factors that  will af-
fect the  availability  of  capacity in  the years beyond 1981
are also  discussed.
                          VIII-3

-------

-------
       IX.  1981  COMPARISON OF DEMAND FOR AND
              SUPPLY  OF  OFF-SITE HAZARDOUS
                WASTE MANAGEMENT CAPACITY
     Although a comparison of supply and demand for off-
site hazardous waste management service can better be  made
on a regional basis,  some  useful insights can be gained
by looking at the broad national situation.  Total off-
site capacity in the nation at the beginning of 1981 is
expected to be over  18.4 million wet metric tons  (WMT).
This compares to a projected demand for off-site treatment/
disposal of approximately  9.7 million WMT.  This figure
may be somewhat misleading, however, as the region-by-
region analysis shows.

     It is also important  to remember that the discussion
which follows is based  on  the best estimates of both the
demand and supply assessments.  The conclusions presented
are dependent on the use of these best estimates as the
following table shows:
        1981 National
        Supply of  Off-
        site Capacity
        (Thousand  WMT)
Best
Estimate

Worst
Case

Best
Case
18,429
14,006
22,852
               1981 Demand
               for Off-site
               Capacity
               (Thousand WMT)
 9,738
12,720
 6,557"
             Difference
             (Thousand WMT)
 8,691


 1,286


16,295
     This table points  out that the national comparison
could vary  from a  small surplus of 1,286 thousand WMT  to
a large surplus of.16,295 thousand WMT.
1    Capacity estimates are judged to be-accurate within +_ 24 percent.

2    Assumes upper and lower bounds on most probable off-site demand
     is proportional to upper and lower bounds on total hazardous
     waste generation.
                           IX-1

-------
     Furthermore, comparison of national capacity and
capacity demand may be misleading because as the regional
analysis indicates, neither demand nor capacity is evenly
distributed.  For example, Region VI has almost 44 percent  I
of the national off-site capacity.  Conversely, Region VIII
currently has no capacity at all.  Demand for off-site
treatment/disposal also varies among the regions.
Region V has in excess of 2.5 million WMT of off-site
capacity demand, while Regions VII and VIII each have less
than 0.5 million WMT of demand.  The remaining regions all
fall between 0.5 and 1.4 million WMT of demand.

     Comparison of the regional supply and demand estimates
indicates that some areas of the country appear to face
little or no immediate problem, while other regions may
experience capacity shortfalls.  These localized shortfalls
could prove to be significant despite the general national  ;
surplus, because transportation costs may be more than the  (
cost of disposal for shipping large volumes of wastes long
distances.  These costs may make transportation to available
capacity in another region economically difficult or. unfeasible

     The potential for capacity shortages appears to be
greatest in Region V, which is projected to have an absolute
shortage in off-site capacity of almost 500 thousand WMT.
Regions I, VII, VIII, and X also project absolute capacity
shortages ranging from 154 to 362 thousand WMT, but the   •  :
actual significance of these projected shortages is difficult
to determine.  Factors such as the availability of out-of-
region capacity and the likelihood of increased capacity
development in each region will ultimately determine' their  .
significance.  Exhibit IX-1 compares most probable off-site
capacity demand with estimated annual capacity for each EPA
region.  Also shown in the exhibit are the projected capacity
expansion plans for each region.  The hazardous waste
management industry plans to increase capacity in each of
the regions projected to have a potential shortfall.
Exhibit IX-2 provides a perspective on the magnitude of
the potential shortfalls by region.  Shown for each of the  ;
five regions projected to experience shortfalls are the
required number of additional typically sized landfills or
chemical treatment facilities needed to overcome the
shortfall.  This is provided for illustrative purposes      :
only, it is not intended to imply that these facilities
will be added or that the waste streams would be compatible.
Also shown in this exhibit are the number of truckloads
that would be required if all of the capacity shortfall     ;
were shipped to other regions.
                            IX-2

-------
                               EXHIBIT IX-1
Comparison of 1981 Off -Site Capacity Demand and
Supply by EPA Regions and Projected Capacity
Expansions (Thousand Wet Metric Tons)
Estimated

EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI ,
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
Most
Probable
Off-Site
Demand
in 1981
580
1,022 ,
922
1,358
2,517
1,346
440
154
896
503
9,738
Annual
Capacity
at the
Beginning
of 1981
218
2,139
1,202
1,566 2
2,028
7,9812
218
-
2,759
318
18,429

Difference
-362
1,117
280
208
-489
6,635
-222
-154
1,863
-185
8,691
Projected
Annua 1
Expansions
for 1981
140
153
119
1,155
530
85
11
100
525
2
2,820
        Computed as the increase in annual capacity in the region during
        the year.  The increase in annual landfill capacity is based on
        20 percent of additions to lifetime capacity unless the 1980
        utilization rate"is greater than the rate based on a 5 year life-
        time,  in which case no additional landfill capacity was projected.

        The land treatment capacity of Region IV is included in the
        Region VI estimate.
Source:   Booz,  Allen and Hamilton
                                  IX-3

-------
                        EXHIBIT IX-2  •
   Equivalent Number  of Required  Additional  Facilities
       or  Truckloads  Shipped to Overcome Capacity
                 Shortfall by EPA  Region
                1981
              Projected
    EPA      Shortfall
  Region  (Thousand  WMT)

    I            362

    V            489

    VII          222

    VIII        154

    X            185
Equivalent
Number-'-  of
50,000 WMT
Per Year
Facilities

   7.24

   9.78

   4.44

   3.08

   3.70
Equivalent
Number  of
Truckloads
Shipped to
Other Regions

  15,961

  21,561

   9,788

   6,790

   8,157
    Although some landfills may receive over  200,000 WMT of hazardous
    waste per year a typical size may be 50,000 WMT per year.  The
    median size of chemical treatment facilities included in this^
    study is 50,000 WMT per year and the median size of incineration
    facilities is 20,000 WMT per year  (see Exhibit V-2).

    Based on a standard load of 6,000 gallons for tank trucks or
    22.68 tons per truckload.
Source:  Booz,  Allen & Hamilton
                             IX-4

-------
      The remainder of  this  section of Chapter  IX  details
 the region-by-region comparison of off-site waste mange-
 ment demand versus existing capacity.  Most .orobable  off-
 site demand in each region  is determined by adding  known
 off-site demand to an  assumed off-site portion of the un-
 known disposal category.  Appendix B indicates how  this  is
 determined.  Capacity  projections are taken directly  from
 Part II of this report.

 1.    REGION I

      A relatively large  shortfall in overall hazardous
 waste capacity is projected for Region I but the  signif-
 icance of this shortfall  is unclear.  The volume  of haz-
 ardous wastes managed  off-site relative to many other
 regions is small.  For example,  the entire capacity short-

 fjiift?1equiualent ^-the annual caPacitY of a single large
 landfill. _The possibility  -of locating such a large landfill
•in  the region is questionable because of the geologic nature
 of  the region, but it  does  highlight - the significance of the
 potential capacity shortfall.   Furthermore, there are a
 variety of waste management facilities located in Regions
 II  and III,  near Region I generators,  which might be  able
 to  absorb a portion of the  excess  demand. 1  Existing  waste
 management firms also plan  to  add  140  thousand WMT of  new
 capacity in 1981.
      The projected volume of  hazardous wastes that will  be
produced in _ Region I is 1,131 thousand WMT.  It is estimated
that  approximately 51 percenter  580 thousand WMT will be
disposed of at off-site facilities.   Major generators of
hazardous waste in Region I and their estimated off-site
waste disposal volumes include:
      Otner states near Region I have been identified as net importers
      of hazardous waste and probably already manage some portions  of
      the Region I waste stream.  New York,  for example, estimates
      that lt imports over 600 thousand tons of waste per year from
      outside_the state.  "An Inventory of Industrial Hazardous Waste
      Generation in New York State,  Department of Environmental Conser-
      vation,  June 1979, as reported in "Options for Establishing

              S71? TlSr FaCllitieS'" B°°2' Allen — Hamilton,
                           IX-5

-------
             Industrial Category

          Fabricated Metal Products

          Nonmanufacturing Industries

          Leather and Leather Tanning

          Transportation Equipment

          Electric and Electronic-
          Equipment
                                   .Off-Site Demand
                                   (thousand WMT)

                                        141

                                         86

                                         85

                                         73

                                         57
These five industrial categories generate approximately
76 percent of the Region I off-site capacity demand.  Ex-
hibit IX-3 shows the location of major industrial centers
producing these wastes, and the location of waste manage-
ment facilities in Region I and in nearby regions.  As the
exhibit shows, many waste management facilities are located
near generating centers.

     Projected 1981 off-site waste management capacity for,
Region I is small and is limited to relatively few techno-
logies.  The overall annual capacity is expected to be
218 thousand WMT  (see Exhibit IX-3) with no single manage-
ment option having more than 100 thousand WMT per year
capacity.  Landfill capacity appears to be particularly
constrained with only a 10 thousand WMT estimated lifetime'
capacity at the beginning of 1981 and a 5 thousand WMT
capacity projected for  the end of 1981.  At the current
utilization rate, the region's landfill capacity will be
entirely eliminated by  early 1982.
2.
REGION II
     As Exhibit IX-4 shows Region II is expected to have
an overall surplus in waste treatment capacity  for 1981.
The supply may be twice the demand but certain  factors
may lead to some waste management problems.  First, Region
II has been a fairly substantial net importer of hazardous
wastes from other regions and could continue in this  role
in the future.1  Therefore, the actual demand for treatment
or disposal might be greater than indicated.  Second  much
of the Region II capacity is dependent upon the continued
      Based on Booz,  Allen interviews with waste management firms
      in the regions.
                           IX-6

-------
                                                                       EXHIBIT  IX-3
                                                                Summary  of  Region  I
                                              Hazardous  Waste  Generation  and  Management
                                          MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                           WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
         PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
       OFF SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                 (THOUSAND WMT)
H
X
 I
                                                                                      :a
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      >
                                                                                         3,000
                                                                                         2.000
                                                                                         1,000
                                                                                                         580
                                                                                                               303
                                 KEY

                                  • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                  A MAJOR INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                    GENERATING CENTERS'
                                 'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS Of" FABRICATED
                                  METALS, LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING, TRANSPORTATION
                                  EQUIPMENT, AND ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                                  INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                                  THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM  THE 1976
                                  ANNUAL SURVEY OF MANUFACTURES, U.S. BUREAU OF THE
                                  CENSUS
            DEMAND
            IN  1981
KEY

ES KNOWN OFF SITE
CH ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF 1981

Hi LANDFILL
EU LAND  TREATMENT
SZZ2 CHEMICAL TREATMENT

E3 RESOURCE RECOVERY

(HI] INCINERATION

SHU DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                  SOURCE: BOOZ'ALLEN & HAMILTON

-------
                                                                      EXHIBIT  IX-4
                                                                Summary  of  Region II
                                             Hazardous  Waste  Generation  and Management
                                         MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                          WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
H
X
 I
00
        PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
     OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                (THOUSAND WMT)
                                                                                        3,000
                                                                                        2.000
                                                                                     
-------
 operation of a few large facilities.   Several of these
 facilities have faced problems  and/or public opposition
 in recent years and their future  role in managing wastes
 is uncertain.2  Planned expansion by  all firms for 1981
 is projected to be 153 thousand WMT of annual capacity.

      The .total volume of hazardous wastes"produced within
 the region for 1981 that may need off-site management
 is 1,022 thousand WMT.  Another 2,194 thousand WMT are
 expected to be managed on-site  by generating firms.  Within
 Region  II, the industrial categories  that in 1981 will
 generate the largest portion of the off-site demand for
 hazardous  wastes capacity include:
          Industrial Category

           Nonmanufacturing Industries

           Fabricated Metals

           Electric and Electronic
           Equipment

           Transportation Equipment

           Miscellaneous Manufacturing

           Petroleum Re-refining

           Batteries

           Drugs
Off-Site Demand
(Thousand WMT)

      243

      160

      124


       62

       54

       45 '

       43

       35
Industries in  these  eight categories are exoected  to  pro-
duce approximately 75  percent of the off-site capacity
demand. ' This  differs  from several other regions where  a
smaller number of key  industries generate a laraer portion
of the total waste stream and suggests a greater degree of
diversity in Region  II both in generating industries  and
in probable hazardous  waste streams.
      The facility operated by CECOS International in Western New York
      encountered significant opposition when it applied for a permit
      to expand its operations.   Similarly, the Rollins facility in
      New Jersey has faced continuing community opposition since an
      accident occurred at the facility (unrelated to the hazardous
      waste).
                            IX-9

-------
     The map in Exhibit IX-4 shows the location of major
manufacturing centers where the larger volume off-site
waste generators are located.  The off-site waste manage-
ment facilities shown on the same map indicates that there
is off-site capacity near most of the generating centers,
but nearly all of the off-site landfill capacity in the
Region is located-in the western part of New York State.

     Total off-site waste management capacity in the re-
gion is projected for 1981 as being 2,139 thousand WMT.-
Approximately 18 percent or 375 thousand WMT of this total
consists of annual landfill capacity which, if used at^its
current rate and not supplemented by new facilities, will
be completely filled within the next 3 years.
 3.
REGION III
     For  1981,  it  is projected  that Region III  should
have a  slight  surplus of  hazardous waste management capac-
ity over  demand. "Moreover,  there is  an apparent balance
within  the region  in terms of capacity of the different
waste management technologies such that there should be
a  compatible form  of treatment  or disposal for  all major
waste streams.  The region is near regions II and IV which
also show probable surpluses in capacity.  Also, planned   ;
annual  capacity expansion for 1981 is estimated to be
Il9 thousand WMT.                                          !

     Total  1981 hazardous waste generation in Region III
is expected  to be  4,507  thousand WMT. Only  20  percent of
that total,  or 922 thousand  WMT, is projected to require
off-site  management with the rest being  disposed or treated
on site.  Similar  to Region  II, Region III has  a relatively
large number of industrial categories that make up approx-
imately 80  percent of  the region's off-site  demand:
                                       Off-Site Demand
              Industrial  Category       (Thousand WMT)
           Fabricated Metal Products

           Nonmanufacturing Industries

           Nonferrous Metals

           Batteries
                                        155

                                        128

                                          95

                                          82
     See Exhibits V-3 through V-5.
                           IX-10

-------
                Transportation  Equipment

                Ferrous Metals

                Industrial Organic  Chemicals

                Electric Electronic Equipment

                Petroleum Refinincr
                                          68

                                          61

                                          54

                                          53

                                          46
           These industries  are  concentrated  in several areas
      in the region.  As Exhibit IX-5  indicates,  off-site disposal
      capacity appears  to  be contiguous  with  most of  these in-
      dustrial centers.

           Region  III is projected  to  have  a  total off-site waste
      management capacity  of 1,202  thousand WMT at the beginning
      of 1981.  Chemical treatment  provides the largest portion
      of this capacity  but there is also substantial  landfill
      and incineration  capacity.

           There appears to  be a  significant  surplus  of chemical
      treatment capacity within  Region III.   Approximately 263
      thousand WMT of waste  appears  to be amenable  to chemical
      treatment, however,  the'region has capacity  for over 622
      thousand WMT per year.  Annual landfill capacity seems
      somewhat below what  the maximum  that  could be demanded
      might require  (400 thousand WMT  of capacity versus  a maximum
      demand of 577 thousand WMT) ,  but  a major portion of the
      material 'that could  be landfilled  is  also compatible with
      chemical treatment,  incineration or resource  recovery.
      Consequently, there  do not  seem  to be any inadequacies  in
      the .overall ability  of the  region  to  manage  its internally
      generated hazardous  waste.
      4.
REGION IV
           Waste management capacity in Region IV for  1981 appears
      to be adequate.  The region has substantial landfill capacity
      as well as significant capacity for chemical treatment,  in-
      cineration, resource recovery, and land treatment.  This
      is coupled with a waste stream that in large part can be
      effectively treated or disposed of by two or more alterna-:
      tive technologies.  This interchangeability increases the
      flexibility with which wastes can be managed in  the region
           This capacity was based on a 5-year lifetime.
           capacity is 1,990 thousand WMT.
                                       The lifetime
                                IX-11
_

-------
                                                                      EXHIBIT  IX-5
                                                               Summary  of  Region  III
                                             Hazardous Waste Generation and  Management
                                       MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                        WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
             PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
           OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                      (THOUSAND WHT)
H
X
 I
M
to
   3,000



UJ

—1
>  2,000
LU
fr-
CC
I



   1.QQO
                                                                                                                     1,202
                               KEY
                                • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                A MAJOR INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                 GENERA TING CENTERS'
                               'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                               METALS. LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING, TRANSPORTATION
                               EQUIPMENT, AND ELECTRONICS  AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                               INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                               THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM  THE 1976
                               ANNUAL SURVEY OF  MANUFACTURES, U.S.  BUREAU OF THE
                               CENSUS
                  DEMAND
                  IN 1981
       KEY
       B8B KNOWN OFF SITE
       d] ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF  19B1

Bi  LANDFILL
HH  LAND TREATMENT
VTA  CHEMICAL TREATMENT

     RESOURCE RECOVERY

     INCINERATION

EU  DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                SOURCE: BOOZ'ALLEN & HAMILTON

-------
and could contribute to utilization of those management
options that are most suitable to any given waste.  In
addition, the waste management industry plans to add 1155
thousand WMT of annual capacity in 1981.

     The total 1981 waste volume generated in Region IV
is estimated to be 10,697 thousand WMT.  Of that, approx-
imately 1,358 thousand WMT are expected to be disposed of
off-site.  Major waste generating industries and their
projected 1981 off-site disposal volumes include:
             Industrial Category

          Industrial Inorganic Chemicals

          Nonferrous Metals

          Fabricated Metals

          Nonmanufacturing Industries
Off-Site Demand
(Thousand WMT)

       220

       185

       182

       172
Industrial centers where there are major concentrations of
these generators are indicated in Exhibit IX-6.  Most major
industrial centers in Region IV, with the exception of
central Georgia and central Florida, appear to be in reason-
ably close proximity to waste management facilities.

     The total existing waste management capacity in Region
IV.is estimated to be in- excess of 1,566 thousand WMT per
year.  Based on this, the region is projected to have suf-
ficient off-site capacity to manage its hazardous waste
stream for several reasons.  First, as Exhibit IX-7 indicates,
a large portion of the wastes generated in the region are
suitable for landfilling, yet even at the maximum demand
levels for landfills, the region would still likely have
a landfill surplus.  Second, the remaining 370 thousand
WMT of wastes that are not suitable for landfills appear
to be treatable by alternative management technologies
within the region.

     The estimated surplus of capacity is supplemented by
two additional factors.  The projection of annual capacity
of landfills in Region IV is based on an assumed operating
life of 5 years with the lifetime capacity equaling 5,680
thousand WMT.  In reality, the rate at which the existing
landfills may be utilized may vary depending on demand and
certain other factors.  Moreover, the total lifetime capac-
ity of landfills in Region IV may be substantially greater
                           IX-13

-------
                                                                      EXHIBIT  IX-6
                                                               Summary of  Region  IV
                                             Hazardous  Waste  Generation  and  Management
H
X
 I
                                      MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                       WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
             PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
           OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                      (THOUSAND WMTI
                                                                                     3,000
                                                                                     2,000
<
                                                                                     1.000
                                  >1.566
                                                                                                                           CONFIDENTIAL
                                                                                                      1.358
                              KEY
                               • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                               A MAJOR INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                 GENERATING CENTERS'
                              'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                               METALS. LEATHER AND  LEATHER TANNING. TRANSPORTATION
                               EQUIPMENT. AND ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                               INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                               THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM  THE 1976
                               ANNUAL  SURVEY OF MANUFACTURES. U.S.  BUREAU OF THE
                               CENSUS
                  DEMAND
                  IN 1981
       KEY
       Sffl KNOWN OFF SITE

       I   I ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF  19BI
     LANDFILL
  gj LAND TREATMENT
T77A CHEMICAL TREATMENT
[^1 RESOURCE RECOVERY
rrm INCINERATION
E3 DEEP WELL INJECTION
                               SOURCE: BOOZ'ALLEN & HAMILTON

-------
                                                      EXHIBIT  IX-7
                       Compatibility  of Waste Streams with Management Alternatives
                                                      in Region  IV
H
x
 i
H
Ul
_
| 2000
u
S
1 1500
0
eo
o
fc
to 1000
LU
a
o
LU
| 500


LAND TREATMENT
—


MINIMUM POTENTIAL
_ DEMAND FOR ALTERNA-
TIVES TO LANDFILL1
/

—
_._.__



370

MAXIMUM
DEMAND
FOR LAND-
FILL
CAPACITY1
988
/




IV (CAPACITY CONFIDENTIAL)'
\--S. /
^•^x.
^*>^

CHEMICAL
TREATMENT
313
INCINERATOR
74

LANDFILL
CAPACITY
1136


r
^^ RESOURCE
RECOVERY
43




MAXIMUM EXISTING
ANNUAL DEMAND CAPACITY
1358 >1566
                  'ANALYSIS BASED ON SITUATION WHERE ALL GENERATORS WHO THEORETICALLY  COULD USE LANDFILLS  CHOOSE TO DO SO,
                  AND ONLY THOSE WASTES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH LANDFILLING ARE MANAGED  BY OTHER TECHNOLOGIES.
                  CONVERSELY, THE ANALYSIS ALSO INDICATES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF REGION IV's WASTE STREAM COULD
                  BE TREATED BY TECHNOLOGIES OTHER THAN LANDFILL, THUS REDUCING THE NEED TO RELY  AS HEAVILY  ON  LANDFILLS AS
                  A SOLUTION TO WASTE MANAGEMENT.

                  SOURCE: BOOZ'ALLEN & HAMILTON Inc.

-------
than indicated due to the potential  for  expansion.   The
second qualification to the overall  capacity  projection  is
based on the exclusion of data on  land treatment  capacity
in the region.  A major treatment  facility exists in
Region IV but its capacity cannot  be .presented  for  reasons
of confidentiality.   Projected  1981 capacities of  each
treatment/disposal technology are  shown  in Exhibit  IX-6.
5.
REGION V
     Region V could  face  a potentially  large  capacity short-
fall in 1981.  The region generates  over  2.5  million WMT
of hazardous waste that may need off-site management yet
it has existing off-site  capacity  totaling  just over 2.0
million WMT.  Whether this ultimately will  become'a problem
will depend on several factors  including  the  ability of
the region to export some portion  of its  waste  stream, the
success certain firms have in developing  new  capacity in
1981, and the degree to which deep-well injection can be
utilized to dispose  of portions of the  region's wastes.


     The possibility for  a shortfall in off-site capacity
exists because of,the overall limitations in  capacity coupled
with potential mismatches among the  waste streams  and avail-
able off-site technologies.  Part  of the  problem is  that the
region appears to have excess capacity  for  some treatment
technologies and inadequate capacity for  others.

     Region V's problem may be  alleviated by  exporting
their wastes to other regions including,  in some cases,
facilities near the  generators.  Also,  up to  150 thousand
WMT more of waste conceivably could  be  subjected to  re-
source recovery, given the existing  waste stream and re-
source recovery capacity.  Finally,  according to waste
industry sources, as much as 530 thousand WMT of additional
capacity is projected to  be available by  the  end of  1981.
     In 1981, each of  eight  industrial  categories  will
generate in excess of  100  thousand WMT  of  hazardous  waste
requiring off-site management.   In Region  V these  eight
categories together produce  over 2 million WMT  of  wastes,
accounting for  80 percent  of the total  off-site waste
treatment/disposal demand.   They are:
     The capacity of this facility is included as part of the total
     national capacity estimates presented in Part II.
                           IX-16

-------
          Industrial  Category

           Fabricated Metals

           Transportation Equipment  :

           Nonmanufacturing Industries

           Petroleum  Refining  and
           Re-refining

           Nonferrous Metals

           Electric Electronic
           Equipment

           Machinery

           Ferrous Metals
                                Off-Site Demand
                                (Thousand WMT)  '

                                      635

                                      392

                                      300

                                      157


                                      156

                                      147


                                      109

                                      106
As  indicated  on  the map  in  Exhibit  IX-8,  manufacturing
centers  are located throughout  the  states of  the  region,
and the  majority of these manufacturing  centers are  served
by  some  nearby off-site  management  facilities/ although
many of  these facilities are'small  or offer limited - services
No  facilities have been  identified  in the entire  State of
Minnesota.
 6.
REGION VI
      It is  projected that Region VI  will  have  the greatest
 capacity surplus  of any  of the  10 regions.   Moreover,  the
 region  appears  to have more than sufficient capacity to
 cover most, if not all,of its various types  of  wastes pro-
 duced.   In  addition,  the waste  management industry intends,
in 1981, to add  up to 85  thousand WMT of new capacity.
 The  interest in developing additional waste management
 capacity in the region is possibly based  on the  conclusion
 by waste management firms that  Region VI,  because of topol-
 ogy  and climate,  is especially  suited to  landfills,  land
 treatment,  and  deep-well injection.   The  industry expects
 that excess capacity could potentially be utilized by generators
 outside of  the  regions,
                            IX-17

-------
                                                                     EXHIBIT  IX-8
                                                               Summary  of Region  V
                                            Hazardous Waste Generation  and  Management
                                     MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                      WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
 i
i-1
00
       PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
     OFFSITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                (THOUSAND WMTI
                                                                                   3.000
                                                                                   2.000
                                                                                   1.000
                                                                                                   2.517
                                                                                                   1,149
                                                                                                                  2.028
                                                                                                         1,368
                                                                                                                        1,015
                                                                                                                        381
                            KEY
                             • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                             A MA JOB INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                              GENERATING CENTERS'
                            'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                             METALS,  LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING. TRANSPORTATION
                             EQUIPMENT. AND ELECTRONICS AND  ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                             INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                             THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED  FROM THE 1976
                             ANNUAL SURVEY OF MANUFACTURES. U.S. BUREAU OF THE
                             CENSUS
            DEMAND
            IN 1981
KEY

BH KNOWN OFF SITE

dl ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF  1981

BH LANDFILL
     LAND TREATMENT
5ZZ3 CHEMICAL TREATMENT
£253 RESOURCE RECOVERY

rrm INCINERATION

EE23 DEEP WEIL INJECTION
                             SOURCE: BOOZ'AILEN & HAMILTON

-------
     The total volume of hazardous  waste production in
Region VI for 1981 is projected'to  be 11,025 thousand WMT,
the largest volume of any  region.   Of this total, however,
only 12 percent or 1,346 thousand WMT are expected to re-
quire off-site treatment.   The remainder, which is mostly
chemical and petroleum  industry  wastes,  will be managed
on-site.

     Waste production in the  region is very concentrated.
The five industrial  categories which contribute the major-
ity of the off-site  waste  management demand include:
            Industrial  Category
Off-Site Demand
(Thousand WMT)
          Industrial  Organic Chemicals

          Nonferrous  Metals

          Petroleum Refining

          Fabricated  Metals

          Nonmanufacturing
          Industries
      296

      275

      251

      218

      128
The wastes produced by these five account for over 87
percent of the  regional off-site waste stream.  Moreover,
just three of the  industries,  nonferrous metals, industrial
organics, and petroleum refining, produce over 6.1 percent
of these wastes.   As the map in Exhibit IX-9 indicates,
many of the  large  waste producing areas are served by one
or more waste treatment or disposal facilities.

     Off-site disposal capacity in the region is expected
to total 7,981  thousand WMT at the beginning of 1981.1  Ex-
hibit  IX-9  indicates the split of this capacity among treat-
ment/disposal  technologies.  In 1980, the region also
utilized  deep-well inj-ection to dispose of  635 thousand .
WMT  of wastes.
      This capacity also includes the capacity  for a land treatment
      facility located in Region IV.  Although  this is a large facility,
      it does, not substantially change the overall capacity of Region VI.
                            IX-19

-------
H
X
 I
                                                                        EXHIBIT  IX-9
                                                                 Summary  of  Region  VI
                                              Hazardous  Waste Generation  and Management
                                          MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                           WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
                                                                                         8,000
                                                                                        3,000 -
                                                                                        2,000 -
                                                                                        1,000 -
       PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
      OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND  DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                (THOUSAND WMT)
                                KEY
                                 • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                 .4MAJOH INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                   GENERATING CENTERS'
                                'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                                 METALS. LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING, TRANSPORTATION
                                 EQUIPMENT. AND ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRONIC EDUIPMENT
                                 INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                                 THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED  FROM  THE 1976
                                 ANNUAL SURVEY  OF MANUFACTURES. U.S. BUREAU OF THE
                                 CENSUS

                                'CAPACITY FOR A  LAND TREATMENT FACILITY IN REGION IV
                                 IS INCLUDED IN THIS ESTIMATE TO AVOID  DISCLOSING
                                 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
            DEMAND
            IN  1981


KEY
6§3 KNOWN OFF SITE
CU ASSUMED OFF SITE
      SUPPLY
      AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF 1981

HI LANDFILL

HI LAND  TREATMENT
EZZI CHEMICAL TREATMENT
E3 RESOURCE RECOVERY

HIDl INCINERATION

EH DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                SOURCE: BOOZ*ALLEN & HAMILTON

-------
     Region VI is similar to Region IV in that it appears
to have more than sufficient capacity to satisfy its needs.
Even if all waste that could be landfilled were disposed
in this manner, capacity would be adequate.  Even if land-
fills were used at only one-half of the 1980 rate, the
alternative technologies would still have more than suf-
ficient capacity to manage the remaining waste volume.
7.
REGION VII
     Region VII is projected to have the second smallest
demand for off-site capacity among the 10 regions.  Similarly,
its actual off-site capacity is small.  The region is pro-
jected to have a total annual capacity of 218 thousand WMT
at. the beginning of 1981.  Overall, the region shows almost
twice as much waste that may need off-site management
than its existing facilities will be able to accommodate.
The seriousness of Region VII's problem is difficult to
forecast however, and shortages may be tempered to some
degree by three factors.  First, in absolute terms, the
size of the probable capacity shortfall is not great, 222
thousand WMT.  Second, waste management firms have indicated
that during 1981, an additional 11 thousand WMT of annual
capacity will be available in the region.  Finally, several
major generating centers in the region are located in
reasonable proximity to waste management facilities in
Regions IV, V and VI  (see Exhibit IX-10).

     The total volume of waste expected to be generated  in
Region VII in 1981 is only 1,231 thousand WMT.  Of this,
440 thousand WMT may need off-site management.  No one
industrial category contributes a major portion of this
total and much of the total 'is made up of small volumes
from a relatively large number of industrial categories.
The contributors of the four largest industries include:
            Industrial Category

          Nonmanufacturing Industries

          Fabricated Metals

          Transportation  Equipment

          Nonferrous Metals
                                   Off-Site Demand
                                    (Thousand WMT)

                                         86

                                         78

                                         68

                                         49
                            IX-21

-------
H
X
 I
to
                                                                    EXHIBIT  IX-10
                                                             Summary  of  Region VII
                                              Hazardous  Waste Generation and  Management
                                         MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                          WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
       PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
     OFF SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                (THOUSAND WMT)

                                                                                      3.000
                                                                                      2.000
                                                                                      1,000
                                KEY
                                 • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                 AMAJOR INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                  GENERATING CENTERS'
                                'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                                METALS. LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING. TRANSPORTATION
                                EQUIPMENT. AND ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                                INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                                THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM  THE 1976
                                ANNUAL  SURVEY OF MANUFACTURES. U.S. BUREAU OF THE
                                CENSUS
            DEMAND
            IN 19B1
KEY

SI KNOWN OFF-SITE

CH ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF  1961

     LANDFILL

     LAND TREATMENT

     CHEMICAL  TREATMENT

E23  RESOURCE  RECOVERY

Urn  INCINERATION

EZ3  DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                SOURCE: BOOZ'AUEN & HAMILTON

-------
Together these four produce approximately 65 percent of
the region's off-site hazardous waste stream.

     Capacity in Region VII is split almost entirely between
landfills and chemical treatment facilities.  There are no
incineration, land treatment, or deep-well disposal facilities
identified and only a small amount of resource recovery
capacity.  Exhibit IX-10 indicates the relative capacities
of each technology.
8.
     REGION VIII
     There are no existing facilities identified which
claim to be capable of providing hazardous waste treatment
or disposal services which will meet. RCRA standards  (Exhibit
IX-11) , however, it is reported that one multi-service
facility will be developed in Denver, Colorado. !

     The lack of capacity is mitigated  to some degree by
the small volume of wastes requiring of f -site • management
which are produced annually in Region VIII.  Moreover,  by
the end of 1981, the waste management industry expects  to
have 100 thousand WMT of usable capacity.  Nonetheless,
given the current lack of facilities and the great distances
from Region VIII generators to waste management operations
in other areas, the region may face difficulties transport-
ing wastes • to other regions .

     The actual volume of wastes projected to be generated
in Region VIII 'in 1981 is 325 thousand  WMT.  Approximately
154 thousand WMT of that total may need of f -site treat-
ment.  Only nonmanufacturing industries (42 thousand WMT)
produce a significant portion of , the off-site demand.   No
other single industry in Region VIII annually generates
more than 2.0 thousand WMT of wastes that may need off-
site management.
9.
     REGION IX
     Region IX presents  another  example  of  a surplus of
overall waste treatment  capacity.   Although the large size
of the region and  the  possibility  of  local  imbalances may
result in some specific  waste  management problems,  the
region indicates a general  ability to satisfy its  off-site
requirements.  The one possible  exception could be incinera-
tion which is in relatively short  supply in the region.
Alternative technologies exist for most  wastes however, and
a shortage, if it  pccurs,  is unlikely to be severe,  at least
in terms of overall regional needs.
     The Hazardous Waste News recently reported (October 27, 1980)
     that this facility has begun operations.
                           IX-23

-------
H
X!
 I
                                                                        EXHIBIT IX-11
                                                                 Sununary  of  Region  VIII
                                                 Hazardous  Waste  Generation and  Management
                                             MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                              WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
             PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
           OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND  DISPOSAl CAPACITY
                      (THOUSAND  WHT)
                                                                                           3,000
                                                                                           2,000
«t
                                                                                           1.000
                                   KEY
                                    • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                    AMAJOH INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                     GENERATING CENTERS'
                                   'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                                   METALS. LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING.  TRANSPORTATION
                                   EQUIPMENT.  AND ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                                   INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                                   THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM THE 1976
                                   ANNUAL SURVEY OF  MANUFACTURER, U.S. BUREAU OF THE
                                   CENSUS

                                   'WHEN THIS  REPORT  WENT  TO PRESS THE HAZARDOUS
                                   WASTE NEWS REPORTED ON OCTOBER 27. 1980 THAT ONE
                                   FACILITY HAS BEGUN OPERATING IN DENVER, COLORADO.
                                                                                                       46 f
                                                                                                           154
                                                                                                                1108
                                NO CURRENT2
                                  OFF SITE
                                 CAPACITY
                  DEMAND
                  IN 19B1
      KEY
      Btq KNOWN OFF SITE
      EH ASSUMED OFF SITE
      SUPPLY
      AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF 1981

•B LANDFILL
•I LAND  TREATMENT
tZZ] CHEMICAL TREATMENT
E3 RESOURCE RECOVERY

CUD INCINERATION

     DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                   SOURCE:  BOOZ«AUEN & HAMILTON

-------
     The total off-site waste management demand in Region
IX is expected to be 896 thousand WMT in 1981.  This rep-
resents nearly 31 percent of the total 2,925 thousand WMT
of wastes produced in this region.  Five industry categories
account for approximately 70 percent of this off-site demand,
They are:          •  -•
          Industrial Category

          Nonmanufacturing•

          Transportation Equipment

          Fabricated Metals

          Petroleum Refining

          Batteries
Off-Site Demand
(Thousand WMT)

      200

      168

      141   , '

       74

       46
     As suggested in Exhibit IX-12, both waste generators
and waste management facilities are concentrated in coastal
and central California.  The only off-site facility outside
California identified  in Region IX is located in southern
Nevada.

     The overall off-site waste management capacity in
Region IX is expected  to be 2,759  thousand WMT at  the
beginning of 1981.  This is more than three  times  the pro-_
jected demand.  Exhibit IX-12  shows the capacities of
various treatment/disposal types.  As shown, land  burial
and land treatment provide over 85 percent of all  of
Region IX's off-site capacity.

     In general, the match up  between capacity and the
specific types  of demand appear to be adequate.  The  sup-
ply of treatment capacity for  three major technologies  is
significantly greater  than the potential maximum demand
for those technologies, and only for  incineration  and
resource recovery are  there any indications  of a possible
shortage.  Because most wastes that would be incinerated
or recovered can be managed by other  technologies,  the
likelihood of an overall capacity  shortage  in  the  region
should be limited.  The waste  management  industry  plans
to add 525 thousand WMT of annual  capacity  in  1981.
Nonetheless, it is  important  to note  that because  of  the
size of  the  region  and the potentially  great distances
between  certain generators  and possibly needed disposal/
treatment  facilities,  localized problems might occur.
                           IX-25

-------
                                                                      EXHIBIT  IX-12
                                                                Summary  of Region  IX
                                             Hazardous  Waste  Generation  and Management
                                             MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                              WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
            PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY  OF
          OFF SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                     (THOUSAND WHT)
H
X
 I
K)
                                                                                           3,000
                                                                                           2,000
in
                                                                                           1,000
                                                                                                                          2,759
                                                                                                            896
                                                                                                            344
                                                                                                                 552
                                    KEY
                                     • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                     A MAJOR INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                       GENERATING CENTERS'
                                    •BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                                     METALS, LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING. TRANSPORTATION
                                     EQUIPMENT. AND ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                                     INDUSTRIES. DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                                     THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM  THE 1976
                                     ANNUAL  SURVEY OF MANUFACTURES. U.S. BUREAU  OF THE
                                     CENSUS
       KEY
                  DEMAND
                  IN  1981
           KNOWN OFF SITE

           ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF  1961

BH  LANDFILL
     LAND TREATMENT
EZ3  CHEMICAL  TREATMENT
E3  RESOURCE RECOVERY

OHO  INCINERATION

EH  DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                     SOURCE: BOOZ'AUEH & HAMILTON

-------
10.  REGION X

     Region X is projected to show an off-site capacity
shortfall for 1981.  This deficit is not expected to be
large and planned new capacity for 1981 is small (estimated
at 2 thousand WMT).  Several 'factors may cause the shortfall
to pose a problem for the region.  The distances between
most Region X generators and off-site management facilities
in the neighboring regions are great.  Therefore, it is
difficult for any significant volumes of wastes to be shipped
these distances.  While a small volume of wastes is now"
shipped to facilities outside of Region X, it will be
economically difficult for generators .to pay the transporta-
tion costs of shipping significant amounts out of the area.

      For  1981,  the  estimated volume  of  wastes  requiring
off-site  management will  be  503  thousand  WMT,   This  rep-
resents approximately  50  percent of  the total  1024 thousand
WMT  of hazardous  waste  produced  annually  in  Region X.   One
industry, nonferrous metals,  is  responsible  for over 304
thousand  WMT  of wastes, or 60  percent of the  total.   Two
other large generators  are transportation equipment  (50
thousand  WMT) and, nonmanufacturing industries  (42. thousand
WMT).  These  three  industries account for almost 80  percent
of the projected  off-site waste  management demand.

      Treatment  facilities are highly concentrated in the
Seattle area  of Washington and in northwestern Oregon.
Idaho, has one facility.   (See Exhibit IX-13).   Existing
off-site  capacity in the  Region  is projected to be 318
thousand  WMT  for  1981.
      This  chapter  presented  a  regional  assessment  of  supply
of and  demand  for  hazardous  waste management  capacity in  1981
This  has been  a snap-shot of the dynamic process of supply
and demand interactions.  Only Region V appears to have a
significant capacity shortfall for 1981, .however 1981
planned additions  to capacity  in the region may be adequate
to offset the  potential shortfall.  Obviously, one must also
look  beyond 1981 to consider the demand for and availability
of hazardous waste capacity.   Factors that will .have  an
influence on future shortfalls or surpluses are discussed
in the  following chapter.
                           IX-27

-------
                                                                       EXHIBIT  IX-13
                                                                Summary  of  Region  X
                                                Hazardous  Waste  Generation  and  Management
                                             MAJOR GENERATING CENTERS AND
                                             WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
H
X
 I
w
00
        PROJECTED DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF
      OFF-SITE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL CAPACITY
                 (THOUSAND WMT)
                                                                                          3,000
                                                                                          2,000
                                                                                          1,000
                                   KEY
                                   • WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

                                   A MAJOR INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                     GENERATING CENTERS'
                                   'BASED ON INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FABRICATED
                                   METALS. LEATHER AND LEATHER TANNING. TRANSPORTATION
                                   EQUIPMENT.  AND ELECTRONICS  AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                                   INDUSTRIES.  DATA ON GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF
                                   THESE INDUSTRIES WERE OBTAINED FROM THE 1976
                                   ANNUAL SURVEY OF MANUFACTURES, U.S. BUREAU  OF THE
                                   CENSUS
            DEMAND
            IN 1981
KEY

ES KNOWN OFF-SITE

    ASSUMED OFF SITE
     SUPPLY
     AT THE
    BEGINNING
     OF  1981

Hi  LANDFILL

     LAND TREATMENT
EZZ!  CHEMICAL  TREATMENT

ESS  RESOURCE  RECOVERY

fim  INCINERATION

IS3  DEEP WELL INJECTION
                                   SOURCE: BOOZ'ALLEN & HAMILTON

-------
    X.   IMPORTANT FACTORS FOR ASSESSING  OFF-SITE
            CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS BEYOND 1981
     There  is considerable  uncertainty  over  the  demand  for
 and  availability  of  off-site  capacity for managing hazardous
 wastes beyond 1981.

     Further extrapolation  of the data  in this study beyond
 1981 is  of  little value,  considering the uncertainty of the
 effects  of  the  major variables that will influence the
 demand for  and  supply of  off-site capacity.   This chapter
.discusses a number of these variables that may affect supply
 of and demand for off-site  capacity.  This discussion also
 shows the complexity of analyzing these variables, which
 include  conflicting  regulatory,  economic, and social forces.

 1.   GOVERNMENTAL REGULATORY  ACTIVITIES AND  INDUSTRY'S
      ACTIONS TO  ADJUST TO  THE RCRA PROGRAM WILL  DETERMINE
      THE DEMAND  FOR OFF-SITE. CAPACITY

      Although  predicting the  post-1981  demand for off-site
 capacity is difficult, two major  forces will dominate  the
 situation:  First,  governmental  actions to control the
 harmful releases of hazardous substances and second, the
 responses  of waste  generators to  effectively manage their
 costs and  to deal with the various risks a post-RCRA C
 environment imposes.  It is  unclear how industry's response
 to  the  RCRA C  program will affect future off-site demand
 because the complexity of  the adjustment process for
 thousands  of waste  generators must be  considered.

      (1)   Off-Site  Capacity  Demand Will Increase as the
            Government's Coverage  of Materials Requiring
            Proper Management  as Hazardous Wastes  Expands

            By describing  the  characteristics  of  hazardous
      wastes and  listing  specific  hazardous waste streams,
      the Phase I RCRA C  regulations provide  an  initial
      definition  of  which wastes  are hazardous.   Several
      states have similar schemes  for defining hazardous
      wastes.   The Federal  RCRA C program will continue  to
      expand its  list and identify wastes it  believes are
      hazardous.   State-operated  programs will have the
                             X-l

-------
 same opportunity if they wish  to  control substances
 beyond those specified under RCRA.   The  increasing scope
 of the definition of a hazardous  waste will  increase
 the quantities of wastes requiring  off-site  disposal.
 Furthermore, government air and water pollution control
 .programs will lead industrial  facilities to  reduce the
 dispersion of their pollutants in these  media  by in-
 stalling equipment to collect  and concentrate  them in
 waste streams that EPA or states  may consider  hazardous.
 The Phase I regulations already list as  hazardous many
 sludges resulting from treating wastewater and dusts/
 sludges produced by controlling air emissions.1  Also,
 the Toxic Substances Control Act  empowers EPA  to direct
 the disposal of toxic substances  produced during the
 manufacture and use of chemicals.   Already EPA has made
 limited use of this authority with .PCB regulations,
 which require special disposal of this chemical as a
 hazardous waste.

 (2)   Off-Site Capacity Demand May Also Increase  Because
      Congress May Soon Enact Legislation  for Federal
      Cleanup of  Hazardous Wastes  at Abandoned Sites

      Besides managing waste generated in  the future, EPA
 believes  that the hazardous waste management industry may
 be needed to treat  or dispose of waste from the  Federal
 cleanup of abandoned sites.   Congress- is  now considering
 several legislative proposals to create a "Superfund" to
 finance this cleanup for at least the next 4 years.

      Although the emphasis should be on  on-site treatment
 and containment, two types of  sites will require off-site
 actions:   abandoned storage or treatment facilities
 containing drums of waste that will need off-site
 disposal, and land burial sites leaking  wastes for
 which the only acceptable environmental  solution
 will be to excavate the site and  transport the material
 to off-site facilities.  Although EPA has not  deter-
 mined the extent to which these sites may increase
 demand and cannot yet predict  the timing of  most of
 the cleanup activity, it realizes their"potential
 significance.2
The May 19, 1980 RCRA regulations list 22 wastewater treatment
sludges and 3 air emission dusts/sludges in the 85 generic and
process waste stream listings.

Based on an interview with William Hanson of the Office of Water
and Waste Management, EPA.
                       X-2

-------
 (3)  Demand For Off-Site Capacity Will Increase Because
     The Government Has Augmented Its Regulatory Efforts
     To Halt Inadequate On-Site Waste Management Practices

     In assessing future off-site demand, government
 regulatory efforts to halt inadequate on-site management of
•hazardous waste must be considered.  Currently these efforts
 exist through Federal and state enforcement programs.  In
 the future, EPA will also handle this problem through  the
 RCRA C waste manaaement facility permitting process.

     On-site treatment, storage, or disposal operations
 that EPA or state regulatory officials find improper for
 managing hazardous wastes may be subjected to enforcement
 actions that may close down these facilities.  In many
 instances, off-site disposal may be the only alternative
 for these waste generators—for example, when no additional
 land is available for building a secure landfill after
 a poor facility is closed.

     Through the permit process, EPA and state officials  ,
 will allow the continued use of adequate on-site facilities
 and the use of those that could be upgraded to safely
 manage the wastes they are designed to contain or destroy.
 However, for certain facilities, especially disposal sites,
 retrofitting may not be technically or economically feasible,
 e.g., the natural geology under a landfill is so poor  that
 the costs to engineer an adequate site would be exorbitant.
 These facility operators face off-site disposal as. their
 only alternative.  In addition, new industrial plants  may
 find that the permit process for siting a waste management
 facility on site is too lengthy and may decide to dispose
 off site to be able to begin operations sooner.

 (4)  The Industry Needs Time To Comprehend the Scope of
     the RCRA Regulations and To Make Adjustments

     The hazardous waste management program is a very
 complex regulatory scheme that requires considerable time
 to comprehend.  The Phase I regulations are effective
 in November, and a transition by industry towards better
 practices of managing hazardous wastes is underway.
 Despite the deadline, the transition depends more on how
 well the industry realizes which wastes are in the RCRA
 C  system—particularly which of its wastes exhibit the
 characteristics and are therefore hazardous although not
 listed—and its acceptance of the program which will in
 part be based on its expectation of and experience with an
                        X-3

-------
 active enforcement  program.!  The slower the  transition
 to better waste management practices, the later  any
 expected future demand  for off-site capacity  will, occur.

 (5)   The Post-RCRA  C  Regulatory Environment Provides
      Several Incentives for Waste Generators  To  Produce
      Less Hazardous Waste:

      Three factors  provide incentives to generators of
 hazardous wastes to reduce the total volume produced or
 to reduce the volume  that requires off-site disposal:

           The increased disposal costs associated  with
           proper management of hazardous wastes  manage-
           ment under  RCRA C

           The liability risks of inadequate handling of-
           the wastes

           The danger  of attracting bad publicity.

 As pointed out in Part  I  of this report, when waste
 disposal prices increase  significantly, some  industries
 will likely make material substitutions to remove
 hazardous constituents  from their waste streams  and render
 them nonhazardous.  They  also will likely reduce the waste
 volumes_they produce  by engineering better process  designs,
 recylcling more of  their  by-products,  and segregating
 hazardous and nonhazardous waste streams because of the
 wide differential in  their disposal costs.2   In  addition,
 before sending waste  off-site for disposal, industrial
 facilities will give  increased consideration  to  the
 economic advantages of  neutralizing and dewatering  some
 of the hazardous wastes they produce to reduce the  volumes
 that need off-site  disposal.   Those who already  dewater
 some of  the wastes  will consider the RCRA-induced  increases
Part I shows the importance of industry's understanding and use
of the RCRA C waste characteristics by indicating that at least
51 percent of the waste that contractors estimated to be hazardous
in 1980 are not placed on EPA's waste list, but have at least one
of the characteristics.

Booz, Allen estimates it currently costs $5-10/metric ton to dispose
of- waste at a sanitary landfill,  whereas disposal at a secure
landfill costs $20-400/metric ton.  A chemical treatment facility
charges $15-500/metric ton and an incinerator charges $50-1000/
metric ton.
                        X-4

-------
      in disposal costs  and judge if more  sophisticated de-
      watering practices are economical.1   There is uncertainty,
      however, over  how  quickly any significant waste reduction
      will occur.

           The overall effect of industry's  attempts to reduce
      waste volumes  could be diminished, to some degree as many
      industries continue to grow and have additional generators
      producing hazardous wastes.  Part  I  of this report
      indicates that the hazardous wastes  generated each-year
      would increase by  3.5 percent, if  the  current industrial
      growth rate continued and industries did  not operate
      differently in the future because  of RCRA.  '

      (6)   The Influence of Shifts in On-Site/Off-Site Disposal
           Practices Will Be Critical to the Potential for*
           Off-Site  Capacity Shortfalls

           The first chapter of 'this volume  relied on the critical
      assumption that the historical ratio of on-site to off-site
      disposal would remain the same during  the initial period of
      the  RCRA C program.   EPA has commonly  accepted this rate
      to be about 4  to 1,  on site to off site.2   However,
      this assumption may be invalid after 1981.

           All other factors remaining, the same,  a small
      change of this ratio, could dramatically affect the
      capacity situation.   If i'n 1981,  generators  were to
      send to off-site facilities 5-10  percent  of  the wastes
      now  expected to be  managed on-site, the requirements
      for  off-site capacity would increase 17-34 percent.3
      The  significance of  such  a change in the  ratio must not
      be viewed in isolation.   If a  significant number of
      industrial waste generators were  reducina their
2


3
Based on discussion with Dr. Douglas Shooter, Arthur D. Little,  Inc.,
the primary RCRA. 'C ISS Economic Impact Analysis contractor, who
indicated that many facilities currently employ.simple rotary drum
dewatering devices to dewater sludges.  Increases  in waste disposal
costs could lead .these plants to purchase more sophisticated devices
such as filter presses.

Chapter II estimates 23 percent of the hazardous,waste produced  in
1981 will be disposed off-site.

For 1981, we forecast 32,956 thousand metric tons  managed on-site
and 9,738 thousand metric tons managed off-site.
                             X-5

-------
quantities  of  waste,  a possible shift to  a  greater
percentage  of  waste going off-site could  occur  without
a great  shift  in the volume of waste going  off-site.

     Because of the present uncertainty regarding
generators' future decisions to manage waste  on-  or
.off site, it is difficult to judge the likelihood and
timing of a significant shift from on-site  to off-site
disposal.   A recent study by Booz, Allen and Hamilton, of
generators  in  the Delaware River Basin, indicates that
when generators decide how to manage their  wastes, such
factors  as  off-site management reliability, the flexibi-
lity of  off-site services available, public image, and
the management of a plant or corporation's  overall
liability have greater importance than relative on-site/
off-site disposal costs.1  If this were assumed to be
generally true for all industry in the near term, one
would need  much more information than is  currently
available to determine what will happen in  the  future.

     The relatively low importance of economics in current
decisions for  managing hazardous wastes in  the  Delaware
River Basin may be largely due to the insignificance
of waste disposal costs compared to total industry
production  costs today.2  Where RCRA's existing and
forthcoming regulations alter this situation, economics;
should become  a much greater factor.  In  that instance,
RCRA-induced economies of scale that favor  large-scale !
operations  over small facilities could influence  rela-
tively smaller waste generators to shift  from disposing  •
their wastes on-site to using larger off-site disposal
operations.  This shift, however, may be  mitigated by
price increases in areas where shortages  of off-site
capacity develop.  Importantly, EPA is concerned  about •
any shift to off-site disposal that results in  rapid,
large price increases that could produce  a  hardship for
some plants and the possibility of their  noncompliance
or closure.
 Support document for the Hazardous Waste Management Capacity
 Development in the Delaware River Basin and New Jersey:  A Program
 Strategy/ Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc., April 1980.

 In the preamble of the Phase I RCRA C regulations published May 19,
 1980 in the Federal Register, EPA pointed out that for 17 industries
 it studied, the annual cost of compliance for'the Phase I standards
 was less than 0.2 percent of the value of sales.                ;
                         X-6

-------
2.
THREE MAJOR FACTORS WILL DETERMINE OFF-SITE SUPPLY
     Expected profits, government regulatory efforts, and
public involvement in the facility-siting process will affect
the availability of off-site capacity.  Again, the variables
will have conflicting effects that make long-range predictions
difficult.

     (1)  The Possibility of Large Profits in Operating
          Hazardous Waste Facilities Successfully Should
          Spur Investment in Additional Capacity

          A number of strong incentives may influence exist-
     ing facilities to expand their operations and to
     construct new facilities.  These include:

               The presence of a large and growing" Federal
               and state regulatory program for managing
               hazardous wastes

               The economies of scale that commercial
               facilities could achieve in managing
               hazardous wastes

               The current limited number of facilities and
               uneven geographical distribution throughout
               the country.

     Some insight into the influence of expected profits
     is provided through Part II's forecasts of increases
     of capacity in 1981 and 1982.  By the end of 1982,
     incineration capacity is predicted to increase by
     122 percent from 1980, and chemical treatment capacity
     will increase by 50 percent.  Landfills will experience
     additions of about 8.8 million wet metric tons  (WMT),
     so that the net capacity (assuming the continued cur-
     rent utilization rate or a 5-year lifetime for land-
     fills, whichever is highest, on a regional basis) will
     be at least 25.1 million T*7MT by the end of 1982.

     (2)  Government Regulatory Actions Could Reduce the
          Number of Existing Facilities or Dampen the
          Incentive To Develop New Types of Off-Site
          Capacity

          EPA and state standards for managing hazardous
     waste facilities may drive up the cost of operating or
     building new facilities, and strict enforcement of the
     RCRA C regulations may,lead to the closure of some
     existing facilities.
                            X-7

-------
Although  incinerator construction is already a sub-
stantial  capital  investment,  there are large risks
associated  with the additional investment in a permit
and operation  of  a site that  could be subjected to
future  liability  claims.-'-  Landfill operations face
.the same  liability risks.  Additional cost requirements
under RCRA  Phase  II regulations for these already risky
forms of  investment could result in fewer facilities
being developed.

     It is  important to note  that chemical treatment
is not  as expensive a capital investment and does not
appear  to bear the same degree of siting risk.2
Depending on how  the technical standards relatively
affect  various management options, the result may be ,
that government standards and the general operating
environment for the industry  will shift investment to •
less costly and less risky types of facilities, e.g.,
from landfills and incinerators to chemical treatment.
The capacity forecast section of this report indicates
that the  industry is already  moving in this direction.
Final judgments must await the technical standards
that are  under development for the Phase II regulations.

     Strict enforcement of RCRA may lead to the closure
of some of  today's existing off-site capacity for
managing  hazardous wastes. Currently, the Federal
government  has an enforcement case against one of the
127 facilities mentioned in Part II of this report, and
the State of Massachusetts is taking legal action
against another.   Also, the RCRA permitting process for
these facilities  could result in capacity reductions
if state  or Federal officials uncover reasons to prohibit
or restrict the uses of these facilities.

(3)  Public Opposition During the Facility-Siting Process
     Is the Major Obstacle to the Addition of Off-Site
     Capacity

     If current public opposition to new facilities
continues,  the siting of these facilities will be hind-
ered.   The  waste  management industry reports that this
In Part II, a 20,000 WMT capacity incinerator was stated to have
a capital investment cost of $10 million.

A 50,000 WMT capacity chemical treatment facility was stated to
have a capital investment cost of $2 million.
                        X-8

-------
      opposition  is  its  greatest  problem in  developing
      additional  capacity.   The current  RCRA C  new facility
      permitting  process will  actively involve  the public.
      The  opposing public have often  found many avenues  to
      delay or prohibit  the  operation of new facilities  in
      certain areas.

          Several states have efforts underway to reduce
      the  public's concern about  properly designed hazardous
      waste_facilities,  to develop  schemes that will help
      the  siting  process, and  to  participate in developing
      new  sites.

          The success of these efforts  is important.  The
      1981, 1982, and 1985 capacity estimates made in Part II
      are  based on obtaining Federal  and state  permits.  They
      are  based upon industry's own assessment  of  this situa-
      tion and other factors.  Because of public opposition,
      increases in landfill capacity  are expected  to be
      insignificant after 1981.
     The factors that affect the future demand for and
availability of off-site capacity for disposing of hazardous
wastes are complex.  When deciding how to regulate hazardous
wastes, EPA and the states will need to weigh these factors
carefully, to protect the public health while reducing the
possibility of shortages that would make the price of off-
site disposal prohibitively costly or induce noncompliance
with RCRA.  EPA's awareness of all the factors discussed
above and its sound judgment in implementing the RCRA
hazardous waste program through' a period of transition to
better national waste management practices will be very
important.
                          X-9

-------

-------
                        REFERENCES
 1.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Leather Tanning and Finishing Industry, SCS Engineers,
      Inc., 11/76.

 2.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practice,
      Special Machinery Manufacturing Industries, WAPORA,
      Inc., 3/77.;'

 3.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Electroplating and Metal Finishing Industries —  Job
      Shops, Battelle Columbus Labs, 9/76.

, 4.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Storage and Primary Batteries Industries, Versar,  Inc.,
      1975.:~~:;:

 5.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices
      in the Metal Smelting and Refining Industry, Calspan
      Corp,, 1977.

 6.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Electronic Components Manufacturing Industry, WAPO RA,
      Inc., 1/77.

 7.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Management
      Practices, Petroleum Rerefining Industry, John W.
      swain,jr.,y//b.

 8.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices
      in the Petroleum Refining Industry, Jacobs Engineering
      Co., 6/76.

 9.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Paint and Allied Products Industry, Contract Solvent
      Reclaiming Operations, and Factory Application of
      Coatings, WAPORA, Inc., 9/75.

10.   Pharmaceutical Industry Hazardous Waste Generation,
      Treatment, and Disposal, ADL, 1976.

11.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Rubber and Plastics Industry, Foster D. Snell, Inc.,
      3/78.                                            '
                             R-l

-------
12.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Inorganic Chemicals Industry, Versar, Inc., 3/75.

13.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Organic Chemicals, Pesticides, and Explosives Industries,
      TRW Systems Group,4/75.

14.   Assessment of Industrial Hazardous Waste Practices,
      Textiles Industry, Versar, Inc., 6/76.

15.   Unpublished data in support of Economic Impact Analysis,
      Pope Reid Associates, 3/80.

16.   Unpublished data in support of Economic Impact Analysis,
      ADL, 2/80.

17.   Subtitle C, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
      1976.  Draft Environmental Impact Statement and
      Appendices, MITRE Corp., 1/79.

18.   Technical Environmental Impacts of Various Approaches
      for Regulating Small Volume Hazardous Waste Generators,
      Vols. I, II, TRW, 12/10/79.

19.   1977 Census of Manufactures, Selected Statistics for
      Industry Groups and Industries;  1977 and 1972, Bureau
      of the Census, MC77-5-1(P).

20.   Personal Communication with E.C. Jordan.

21.   Census of Manufactures, 1972, U.S. Department of
      Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Vol. II Area Statistics,
      8/76.

22.   Draft Economic Impact Analysis Subtitle C, Resource
      Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, ADL, 1/79.

23.   1979 U.S. Industrial Outlook, U.S. Department of
      Commerce, Industry and Trade Administration, 1/79.

24.   U.S. Statistical Abstract, Bureau of the Census.

25.   Federal Register, Vol. 45, No. 98, 5/19/80.*

26.   A Study of the Economics and Environmental Viability
      of a U.S. Flag Toxic Chemical Incinerator Ship,
      Global Marine Development, Inc., 12/78.

27.   Cost of Complying with Hazardous Waste Management    ;
      Regulations, Draft, Battelle Columbus Labs, 12/77
                             R-2

-------
28.
29.
30.
Economic Impact Analysis of Hazardous Waste Management
Regulations on Selected Generating Industries, Energy
Resources Co.,Inc.,6/79.

Potential for Capacity Creation in the Hazardous Waste
Management Service Industry/ Foster D'. Snell, Inc., 8/76


Alternatives to the Management, of. Hazardous Wastes at
National Disposal Sites., ADL, 5/73..    ~~~	~—:—~	
                            R-3

-------

-------
APPENDICES

-------

-------
                        APPENDIX A
           ESTIMATION OF INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS
             WASTE GENERATION, 1980.. AND 1981
     This appendix presents more detailed tables of hazardous
waste generation estimates as well as the methodology used
to develop these tables.  It is intended as a reference-
showing where and how the data included in.Chapter III were
developed.  The major portion of the appendix is a series
of -"industry summaries" that describe the derivation of the
1980 hazardous waste estimate, the disposal practices, and
the regional distribution of total waste and those disposed
off-site  (or unknown as the case might be) for each industry
generating hazardous.waste.  This appendix is organized into
three parts:

          A discussion of the methodology used to  select
          and adjust the waste generation .quantities

          A brief discussion of the limitations of the data

          A guide explaining how the hazardous waste and dis-
          posal volumes were derived/ which includes summary
          tables showing 1980 estimated hazardous  waste gen-
          eration by industry and by waste category  (Exhibit
          A-l); summary tables of 1980 and 1981 industrial
          hazardous waste generation showing disposal practices
          by industry and by EPA region  (Exhibits  A-2 and
          A-3); and industry summaries of hazardous waste
          generation  (Exhibit A-4) .

1.   THE  METHODOLOGY PROVIDES A COMPREHENSIVE OVERVIEW OF
     GENERATION AND REGIONAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE QUANTITY,
     OF INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE  IN THE NATION

     The  methodology used during the course of the study
seeks  to  provide an in-depth analysis of particular  industries
and  develop the most reliable data  base  available  concerning
hazardous waste generation  in the United States.   The follow-
ing  approach was used to collect, analyze, and organize
existing  information  into estimates for  the volume of hazard-
ous  waste generated and the quantity of  off-site disposal
demand.

      (1)  Specific Waste Stream Volumes  Were Identified for
          All Industries for Which  Information Was Available

          The sources of information used to quantify and
     characterize the waste streams from the industries
                             A-l

-------
included in the  study  are  shown  in the bibliography.
The principal references used were the:

          Draft  Economic Impact  Analysis  (DEIA) Sub-
          title  C, Resource Conservation  and Recovery
          Act  (RCRA) of 1976, Arthur D. Little, Inc.,
          January 1979.

          Unpublished  data compiled in support of the
          final  Economic Impact  Analysis  of RCRA,
          February and March, 1980.  Referred to
          throughout the remainder of the methodology
          as the EIA backup.

          Subtitle C,  Resource Conservation and Recovery
          Act of 1976, Draft Environmental Impact
          Statement and Appendices, MITRE Corp., January
          1979.

          Technical Environmental Impacts of Various
          Approaches for Regulating Small Volume
          Hazardous Waste Generators, Vols. I & II,
          TRW, December 10, 1979.

          EPA-sponsored assessment reports of industrial
          hazardous waste practices of 14 industries
          by Standard  Industrial Classification (SIC)
          categories.

     The detailed industry-by-industry and waste .stream-
by-waste stream analysis developed for the economic im-
pact analyses of RCRA was used as the primary source
of information.  In cases where portions  of an industry
were not analyzed as part of the EIA, data from the Draft
RCRA Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)  or the Small
Generator Study references were used to fill in the gaps.

(2)  The Waste Streams Identified Were Assigned to
     the EPA Waste List or Characteristic Category
     as Appropriate

     The waste list was based on a March  1980 listing
that contained the May 19, 1980 listings,  the planned
Summer of 1980 listings (Appendix A of the preamble
to the rules)  and the planned Fall of 1980 listings
(Appendix B of the preamble to the rules).  In addition
to these listings, wastes may also be hazardous if they
exhibit the characteristics of, ignitability,  corrosivity,
reactivity, or EP toxicity.  Wastes judged to exhibit
these characteristics although not listed were placed in a
second category entitled Characteristic Waste.
                      A-2

-------
     A third category of hazardous waste was used for
the study which included waste streams where sources
of information did not identify specific characteristics
of the waste stream, or in some cases, did not define
quantities of wastes by waste streams.  A special "un-
known" category is used for these industrial waste
streams or portions thereof.

(3)  Disposal Practices and Regional Distribution
     of Each Waste Stream Were Determined

     Utilizing the information contained in EPA-sponsored
industrial hazardous waste assessment reports, the type
of disposal and the regional distribution of each
waste stream was determined.

     EPA regional distributions of the wastes were
also determined by different methods, depending upon
the availability of the data- for each industry.
The three methods used were:
                                     t-
          Waste Stream Basis.   Hazardous wastes were
          regionally distributed at the waste stream
          level according to information presented in
          EPA assessment reports, and then aggregated
          to the industry level.

          Industry Basis.  Hazardous wastes were region-
          ally distributed at the industry level (or
          subindustry level for those reported separately)
          as identified in the EPA assessment reports.

          Allocation.  In cases where a regional
          distribution was not available, industry-
          wide hazardous wastes were allocated to
          regions based on the number of employees
          from the SIC within each EPA region as
          reported by the Bureau of Census in the
          1972 Census of Manufactures^

 (4)   The  Industries and  Sub-Industries  for Which' There
      Was  No  Hazardous Waste Volume  Information Reported
      in Primary  Sources  Were  Identified

      Where there  is a lack  of  information regarding
quantities of  hazardous  waste  generated  by a  particular
industry, the  RCRA  EIS and  TRW Small  Generator Study
were  reviewed  and generation volumes were selected to
                        A-3

-------
fill the gaps.   In  general,  the EIA was  used when data
for a complete  industry  were not available (e.g., SIC
317).  The  Small Generator Study was used to identify
the types of waste  when  this was not available from
primary sources.  In  cases where the information com-
piled to support the  RCRA  EIA (EIA backup analysis)
considered  only  a portion  of an industry,  the genera-
tion rate for the total  industry was developed by
calculating the  ratio between production worker employees
hours from  these segments  to the total industry.

(5)  The Volumes  of Industrial Hazardous Wastes Were
     Adjusted and Were Aggregated to Industry Totals
     and EPA Regional Distributions

     After  developing industry totals for hazardous
waste generated  by  each  industry,  the totals were ad-
justed for  coverage and  growth.   Many of the industry
analyses focused on only those plants in a particular
SIC code that produced a product as its  primary output.
However, other plants may  also produce the same product
but be classified in  other SIC codes. To account for
this problem, the Bureau of Census adjusts the data
utilizing a coverage  ratio factor.   The  coverage ratio
(CR) as defined  by  the Bureau of Census  "is the propor-
tion of primary  products shipped by the  establishments
classified  in the industry to total shipments of such
products by all  manufacturing establishments."
Coverage ratios  were  applied to  the industries  to avoid
underestimating  the quantity of  hazardous  waste gener-
ated by a particular  industry;  however,  the coverage
ratio could not  be  used  for all  industries included  in
the study.  The  coverage ratio was applied only in    :
instances where  the waste  estimates were based upon  the
census industry  structure  and available  at the appro-
priate level (usually at the four-digit  SIC level).
Since some  industry estimates may already account for
total wastes from primary  and other manufacturing
operations, coverage  ratio use may allow for hazardous
waste generation  to be somewhat overstated.
1972 Census of Manufactures, U.S. Department of Commerce,  Bureau
of Census, MC72 GS-1, November 1975.
                       A-4

-------
          In order to estimate the quantities of hazardous
     waste to be generated in 1980 and 1981,  growth pro-
     jections were also used to adjust the total volume of
     hazardous waste generated by each industry.  Several
     different methods for estimating growth  were used:  -

                Assuming that the growth in volume of
                hazardous waste generated is  proportional
                to the. industry's growth, projections in
                real growth in value of shipments by an
                industry reported in the U.S. Department
                of Commerce's 1979 U.S. Industrial Outlook
                (25), were applied at the four-digit SIC
                level.

                For those SIC categories where U.S. Industrial
                Outlook data were not available, growth
                projections were based on those reported
                for hazardous waste growth in the EPA-sponsored
                industrial assessment reports (see references
                (1)  through (14)).

                Growth projections were also used as reported
                for the growth in the number of production
                worker hours between 1972 and 1977 by the
                1977 Census of Manufactures.   (See reference
                (19)).

Growth rates were applied at either the waste stream, sub-
industry or industry level, depending on the available
data.  The source(s) used for projecting growth in hazardous
waste generation are included where appropriate in the
"industry summaries" contained in Exhibit A-4.


     In addition to adjusting the estimates for coverage
and growth, accuracy ranges for hazardous waste generation
estimates are given.  Only a few of the existing sources
of information provided accuracy ranges concerning their
estimates.  Therefore, several telephone interviews were
conducted with specific contractors involved with technical
analyses developed in support of the RCRA EIA.  The tele-
phone interviews with these contractors and our professional
judgment provide the basis for establishing three levels of
accuracy:

          + 10% - Applied to estimates based on most recent
          comprehensive industry analysis reviewed, generally
          those used in the EIA backup analysis.
                           A-5

-------
2.
     +25% - Applied to estimates based on relatively
     older specific industry analysis conducted for
     RCRA DEIA and drawn directly 'from original assess-
     ment reports.

     +50% - Applied to estimates based solely on Small
     Generator Study and RCRA EIS that relied on state
     waste generator survey data.

     There were two industries that required unique
     range estimates,  SIC 26 Paper and Allied Products
     and SIC 22 Textile Mill Products.  The reason.for
     the unique range selection is explained in the
     individual summaries for these industries.

THERE ARE A NUMBER OF LIMITATIONS INHERENT IN THE DATA^
     Shortcomings inherent in the data which could not be
accounted for in estimating the quantity of hazardous waste
can be divided into three main areas:

          Definition of hazardous waste
          Determination of generation rates
          Physical condition of the wastes.

     The following is a brief discussion of these major
limitations of the data.

     (1)   The Definition of jUazardous Waste Was Changing	
          Throughout the Course of the Study

          Some of the industry analyses and surveys were
     completed without a clear-cut, uniform definition of  :
     a "hazardous waste".  In fact, the fully operational
     national definition of what was legally a hazardous
     waste was not published until May 1980.  It is not
     clear whether this situation results in understatement
     or overstatement of hazardous waste volumes.

     (2)   Several Different Sources Are Used for .     ..,.'.
          Determination of Hazardous Waste Generation Rates

          Two basic waste generation estimating approaches
     are employed.  One, using the EIA study, relies on the
     "model" plant or process approach to develop representa-
     tive operating characteristics of a particular industry,
     Individual plants within an industry may, however,
     generate and dispose of wastes quite differently from
     the model; that is, some may pretreat wastes or use
     different disposal practices.  This could cause in-
     accuracies in any or 'all of total volume estimates,
     on-site versus off-site disposal ratios, and regional
     distributions.
                            A-6

-------
     In addition to assuming the representativeness o.f
a model plant, the analysis also assumes that plants
would be in compliance with the Air and Water Pollution
Control, Regulations by the 1977-1981  time  frame,  thereby
increasing the estimated 'generation volumes  to account
for wastewater treatment and air pollution control
•wastes.  This may not be,the case; in fact,  one  estimate
indicates that in aggregate, industry currently  is only
70 percent in compliance with  the Water Pollution
Control Regulations.

     The second approach uses  data from state surveys
to develop industrywide generation rates.  One source
 (EIS) focused at a very high level of aggregation
 (two-digit SIC) and lost some  of the  inherent process
differences within an industry.  For  example, SIC 31
 (leather and  leather products) has 11 subgroups.   Of
these, only SIC 3111  (leather  tanning and  finishing)
generates any significant quantity of hazardous  wastes.
The other survey based study  (Small Generator Study)
focused on small volume generators of hazardous  waste.
Industrywide  estimates in this study  are developed,
for the most  part, by extrapolating the generation
rates of.small  firms.  In most cases, one  would  not
expect small  firms, which represent only 1-3 percent
of the waste  volume, to be truly representative  of the
industry.

 (3)  The Solid Content of the  Wastes  Is Not  Reported
     Cons isten11y

     Another  factor that could have a major  impact on
the estimated-volumes of waste for particular  industries
 is the pondition of the waste  at the  point the volume
was estimated.  The EIA cites  estimated waste generation
 in  "as disposed" condition,  that is,  in the  form in
which  it would  be most economical  to  handle  and  dispose
of the materials  (e.g., dewatered  to  20 percent  solids).
This  is  the  appropriate way  to quantify the  waste
 generation as it represents  the wastes in  a  condition
 that would .actually be  sent  to a disposal  facility.

     The condition  of  the wastes  in  the  sources  based
 on  state  surveys  from  the  EIS  is not  available.
                        A-7

-------
3.   THE  1980  HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION  ESTIMATES WERE
     DERIVED FROM INDUSTRY SUMMARY DATA

     Exhibit A-l presents summary tables  showing 1980 estimated
hazardous waste generation by industry and  by  waste category;
Exhibits A-2 and A-3 present summary tables of 1980 and 1981
industrial  hazardous waste generation showing  disposal practices
by industry and by EPA region; and Exhibit  A-4 presents indus-
try summaries  that provide an overview of hazardous waste
generation/ disposal practices, and regional distribution of
waste for 11 two-digit SIC industries.  In  addition, the following
industries  are also presented in more detail :

           SIC  28  -  Chemicals and Allied  Products
           SIC  29  -  Petroleum and Coal Products
           SIC  33  -  Primary Metals
           SIC  36  -  Electric & Electronic Equipment

      Following  the  presentation of the 1980 volumes is  an
 explanation of  the  sources and assumptions used to develop
 the estimates,  including:

           Source  of generation estimate
           Accuracy  range
           Coverage  ratio
           Growth  projection.

      The total  1980  hazardous waste generation volume  for
 each industry is  calculated using the following relationship:
1980 HWG =
           where:
                       CR
                             x  (1 + GR)n
           1980 HWG = 1980 Hazardous Waste Generation!
           Basis = Amount of waste generated in base year
                   from the referenced source
           CR = Coverage ratio  factor         .    .
           GR = Annual growth rate
           n = Number of years  between base year an.d 1980.

 In addition, the industrial summaries include information
 related both to where and how  the wastes are disposed and
 the EPA regional distribution  of  disposal practices (see
 Exhibit A-4).
      In many cases it is not possible to reconstruct the 1980 hazardous
      waste generation figure by simply applying the coverage ratio and
      growth rate to the basis number in the "industry summaries."  The
      reason for this is that many of the numbers are "built up" from
      industrial waste streams or sub-industries and both the coverage
      ratio and the growth rate presented in the industry summary are
      rounded composites.       a-n

-------
                                  EXHIBIT A-l(l)
                     1980 Estimated Industrial  Hazardous
              Waste Generation by  Industry, by Waste Category
                          (Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
Industry
        Waste
      Categcay
•natal
                                                       Percent
                                                          of
                                                        •Ebfcal
                                                    Range
         lower
         Bound
IDEAL
SIC 22
Textile
Products
SIC 24
Luiiber and
Wood Products
SIC 25
Furniture and
Fixtures
SIC 26
Paper and
Allied Products
SIC 27
Printing and
Publishing
        Total
   EE& Waste List1
Characteristic Waste^
      Unknown-^

        Total
   EPA. Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
  , EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
  41,235
   8,344
  20,874
  12,017

     203
       0 '
     203
       0

      87
       0
       0
      87

      36
       0
       0
      36

   1,295
       0
       0
   1,295

     154
       0
       0
     154
100     27,765   53,864
                                                                     0     203
                                                                     44      131
                                                                     18
                    54
             0   1,943
                                                                     77     231
      Waste  List - wastes listed on the EPA Waste  List published on May 19,
  1980 and announced on that date to be listed in  the Summer 1980 and Fall
  1980.

 Characteristic waste - wastes identified as  hazardous by RCRA characteristics,
  but not included on the EPA waste list.

  Unknown -  wastes not identified specifically enough  (either by type or
  quantity)  to  determine their waste category.
 Source:   Putnam, Hayes & Bartlett
                                        A-9

-------
                                    EXHIBIT  A-l(2)
 jDidustry
        Waste
       C&tegocy
    Total
Percent	
   of      Lower   Upper
 Total
 SIC 28
 Chemicals ard
 Allied Prcx3ucts
 SIC 281
 Industrial
 Inorganic
 Chemicals

 SIC 282
 Plastics
 '•feiterials,
 Synthetics

 SIC 283
 Drugs
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown   '

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
SIC 284, 2871, 2891       Total
Other Chemicals      SPA Waste List
                  Characteristic Waste
                         Unknown
SIC 2851
Paints and
Allied Products
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
      25,509
       4,243
      17,902
       3,364
   62     18,292  32,728
8,072
1,056
7,016
    0

  769
    0
  769
    0

  106
   73
   33
    0

3,364
    0
    0
3,364

  125
  110
   15
    0
SIC 286, 2879             Total         13,066
Industrial Organic   EPA Waste List      2,997
Chanicals and     Characteristic Waste  10,069
Agric. Chemicals         Unknown             0
N.E.C.
     excludes 2879, Agricultural Chanicals, NEC; 289 excludes 2892, Explosives.
                                       A-10

-------
                             EXHIBIT  A-l(3)
Industry
        Waste
      Category
   IbtaL
Percent
   of
 Total
Lower   Upper
Bound   Bound
SIC 2892
Explosives
        Total              7
   EPA Waste List          7
Characteristic Waste       0
       Unknown             0
SIC 29
Petroleun
and Goal
Products

SIC 2911
Petroleun
Refining

SIC 2992
Petroleum
Re-refining
SIC 30
Rubber and
Miscellaneous
Plastic Products
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
1901
 407
1494
   0

 218
   0
 218
   0
      2,119
        407
      1,712
          0
           1,590   2,549
        249
          0
          0
        249
             125     374
SIC 31
Leather and
Leather Tanning
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
        474
        455
         19
          0
             427     521
SIC 32
Stone, Clay
and Glass
Products
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
         17
          0
          0
         17
                      26
                                       A-ll

-------
                               EXHIBIT A-l(4)
 IDxiustry
         Waste
       Category
   l!btal
Percent
   of
 Tbtal
                                                                        Range
Lower   Upper
Botnd   Bound
 SIC 33
 Primary Metal
 Industries
 SIC 331,332,339
 Ferrous Metals
 SIS 333,  3341
 335,  336
 ISbn-Ferrous
 Matals
         Total
    EPA Waste List
 Characteristic Waste
        Unknown

         Total          2,330
    SPA Waste List      1,858
 Characteristic Waste     249
        Unknovn           223

         Total          1,731
    EPA Waste List        152
 Characteristic Waste     656
        Unknown           923
      4,061
      2,010
        905
      1,146
   10
3,046   5,077
SIC 34
Fabricated
f-tetal
Products
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
      1,997
       624
        46
      1,327
           1,498   2,496
SIC 35
Machinery,
Except
Electrical
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknovn
       322
        74
         0
       248
             161     483
SIC 36
Slectric and
Electronic
Bquipmant

SIC 361-368
Electronic
Cbnponents and
Other Electric
Equipment
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknovn

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknovn
     1,093
       531
        87
       475
            663   1,519
609
 49
 85
475
                                         A-12

-------
                               EXHIBIT A-l(5)
                          Waste
                        Category
                                   Ibta!
                                      Percent
                                         of
                                       Oksfcal
                        Lower   Upper
                        Bound   Bound
SIC 3691,
Batteries
3692
SIC 37
Transportation
Equipment
SIC 38
Instruments
and Related
Products

SIC 39
Miscellaneous
IV&nufacturing
Industries
        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown

        Total
   EPA Waste List
Characteristic Waste
       Unknown
Non-manufacturing-'-        Total
Industries           EPA Waste List
                  Characteristic Waste
                         Unknown
484
482
  2
  0
                                      1,240
                                          0
                                          0
                                      1,240

                                         90
                                          0
                                          0
                                         90

                                        318
                                          0
                                          0
                                        318

                                      1,971
                                          0
                                          0
                                      1,971
                          620   1,860
                           45     135
                          159     477
                                                   986   2,957
     Non-manufacturing industries include:

 SIC   5085   Drun Reconditioners
 SIC   07     Agricultural Services
 SIC   5161   Chemical Warehouses
 SIC   40     Railroad Transportation
 SIC   55     Automotive Dealers and Gasoline Service Stations
 SIC   72     Personal Services
 SIC   73     Business Services
 SIC   76     Misc. Repair Services
 SIC   80     Health Services
'SIC   82     Educational Services
                                        A-13

-------
                                     EXHIBIT A-2(l)
                    1980  Industrial Hazardous  Waste Generation,
                      Off-Site and  Unknown Disposal Practices
                              by Industry, by EPA Region
                             (Thousands of Wet  Metric Tons)
Industry
SIC 22
Textile Mill
Products
SIC 24
Luriber and
Wood Products
SK 25
Furniture and
Fixtures
SIC 26
Paper and
Allied Products
SIC 27
Printing and
Publishing

Total !
Off-site2
Unknown3
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
•total
203
122
0
87
0
87
36
0
36
1295
39
0
154
0
154
1
27
16
0
4
0
4
2
0
2
130
4
0
11
0
11
2
24
15
0
3
0
3
4
0
4
272
8
0
25
0
25
3
4
3
0
7
0
7
4
0
4
130
4
0
19
0
19
4
132
79
0
20
0
20
9
0
9
156
5
0
19
0
19
5
10
6
0
10
0
10
7
0
7
324
10
0
38
0
38
6
6
3
0
8
0
8
2
0
2
77
2
0
10
0
10
7
0
0
0
3.
0
3
2
0
2
52
1
0
11
0
11
8
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
13
<1
0
4
0
4
9
0
0
0
9
0
9
5
0
5
117
3
0
13
0
13
10
o
0
0
21
0
21
1
0
1
25
1
0
3
0
3
•'•Total  industrial  hazardous waste generation.

2The quantity of hazardous waste disposed offsite.

3The quantity of hazardous waste generated by the industry for which onsite/offsite information is
unavailable.
Source:  Putnam, Hayes & Bartlett

-------
                                               EXHIBIT A-2(2)
I
H
Ul
Industry
SIC 28
Chemicals and
Allied Products
*SIC 281
Industrial
Inorganic Cheras.
*SIC 282
Plastics Materials,
Synthetics
*SIC 283
Drugs

*SIC 284, 287, 2S92
Other Chemicals

*SIC 2851
Paints and Allied
Profile ts

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
25509
1087
832
8072
3011
0
769
0
769
106
65
0
3364
143
0
125
120
0
1
185
12
31
0
0
0
31
0
31
4
3
0
138
6
0
3
3
0
2
1497
101
111
13

-------
                                              EXHIBIT A-2(3)
i
H
Industry
*SIC 286, 2879
Industrial Organic
Chans. & Agric.
Chans., N.E.C.
*SIC 2892
Explosives

SIC 29
Petroleun and
Coal Products
*SIC 2911
Petroleun Refining

*SIC 2992
Petroleun
Re-refininy
SIC 30
Rubber and
Misc. Plastics
SIC 31
Leather and
Tjeather Tanning

Total
Off-site
Unknown

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Tbtal
13,066
457
63

7
1
0
2119
769
0
1901
571
0
218
198
0
249
238
0
474
264
0
1
9
<: i

-------
                                               EXHIBIT A-2(4)
I
H
-0
Industry
SIC 32
Stone, Clay, and
Glass Products
SIC 33
Primary Matal
Industries
*SIC 331, 332, 339
Ferrous totals

*SIC 333, 3341,
335, 336
Non-ferrous Matals
SIC 34
Fabricate! r-tetal
Products
SIC 35
Machinery, Except
Electrical
SIC 36
Electric and
Electronic Equip.

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
17
0
17
4061
1135
336
2330
216
0
1731
919
336
1997
536
1327
322
68
247
1093
431
475
1
1
0
1
2
1
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
204
55
103
26
5
20
67
15
48
2
2
0
2
185
47
13
117
11
0
68
36
13
212
57
125
31
7
24
156
59
73
3
1
0
1
791
134
27
652
60
0
139
74
27
172
46
132
28
6
21
183
91
48
4
3
0
3
434
159
53
163
15
0
271
144
53
172
46
132
29
6
22
82
18
60
5
4
0
4
1348
226
45
1118.
104
0
230
122
45
78L
210
513
127
27
97
334
139
133
6
2
0
2
452
219
79
47
4
0
405
215
79
137
37
110
24
5
18
65
28
24
7
1
0
1
74
39
14
0
0
0
74
39
14
96
26
62
20
4
15
28
5'
22
8
1
0
1
109
28
8
70
7
0
39
21
8
28
a
.. 15
6
1
5
,5
1
4
9
2
0
2
101
33
10
47
4
0
54
29
10
164
44
117
28
6
21
145
59
60
10
1
0
1
565
249
87
116
11
0
449
238
87
31
' 8
18
4
1
3
27
17
2
           Denotes a sub-industr/  included in the 2-digit  industry totals above.

-------
                                              EXHIBIT A-2(5)
H
00
Industry
*SIC 361-368
Electric
Electronic Bjuip.
*SIC 3691, 3692
Batteries

SIC 37
Transportation
Rquipnent
SIC 38
Instruments and
Related Products
SIC 39
Miscellaneous
Manuf actor ing
Industries
Nbn-Manu fee tur ing
Industries

TOTAL



Total
Off-Site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-sita
Unknown
Total
609
116
475
484
315
0
1240
0
1240
90
0
90
318
0.
318

1971
1380
0
41235
60691
5159
1
62
12
48
5
3
0
86
0
86
14
0
14
48
0
48

119
83
0
1104
299
368
2
93
18
73
63
41
0
73
0
73
21
0
21
- 66
0
66

335
235
0
3113
652
540
3
62
12
48
121
79
0
80
0
80
8
0
8
24
0
24

177
124
0
4354
604
470
4
77
15
60
5
3
0
106
0
106
6
0
6
42
0
42

237
166
0
10353
913
674
5
170
32
133
164
107
0
464
0
464
21
0
21
72
0
72

414
290
0
6428
1330
1537
6
31
6
24
34
22
0
80
0
80
3
0
3
18
0
18

177
124
0
10536
1029
524
7
28
5
22
0
0
0
80
0
80
3
0
3
12
0
12

118
83
0
1201
252
233
8
5
1
4
0
0
0
13
0
13
2
0
2
7
0
7

59
41
0
)18
106
61
9
77
15
60
68
44
0
199
0
199
11
0
11
24
0
24

276
193
0
2838
535
511
10
3
1
2
24
16
0
60
0
60
1
0
1
6
0
6

59
41
0
995
348
241
        ^Excludes 2395  103 MT of off-site ocean dumped waste.

        *Denotes a sub-industry included in the 2-diyit  totals above.

-------
                                       EXHIBIT A-3(l)
                      1981  Industrial Hazardous Waste  Generation,
                         Off-Site and  Unknown Disposal  Practices
                                by  Industry, by EPA Region
                              (Thousands of Wet Metric  Tons)
Industry
SIC 22
Textile Mill
Products
SIC 24
Lumber and
Wxxi Products
SIC 25
Furniture and
Fixtures
SIC 26
Paper and
Allied Prodacts
SIC 27
Printing and
Publishing

Total1
Off-site2
Unknown^
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off -site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Ibtal
203
122
0
88
0
88
36
0
36
1334
40
0
159
0
159
1
27
16
0
4
0
4
2
0
2
134
4
0
11
0
11
2
24
15
0
3
0
3
4
0
.4
280
8
0
26
0
26
3
4
3
0
7
0
7
4
0
4
134
4
0
. 20
0
20
4
132
79
0
20
0
20
9
0
9
161
5
0
20
0
20
5
10
6
0
10
0
10
7
0
7
334
11
0
39
0
39
6
6
3
0
8
0
8
2
0
2
79
2
0
10
0
10
7
0
0
0
3
0
3
2
0
2
53
1
0
11
0
li
8
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
13
<1
0
4
0
4
9
0
0
0
9
0
9
5
0
5
120
3
0
13
0
13
10
0
0
0
21
0
21
1
0
1
26
1
.0
3
0
3
•'•Total industrial hazanlous waste generation.

     quantity of hazardous waste which is disposed offsite.
   e quantity of hazardous waste generated by the industry for which onsite/offsite information is
unavailable.

Source:  Putnam,  Hayes & Bartlett

-------
                                               EXHIBIT A-3(2)
I
fO
O
Industry
SIC 28
Chemicals ard
Allied Products
*SIC 281
Industrial
Inorganic Chans.
*SIC 282
Plastics tutorials,
Synthetics
*SIC 283
Drugs

*SIC 284, 287, 289
Other Chemicals

*SIC 2851
Paints and Allied
Products

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
26523
1129
886
8302
310
0
820
0
820
111
68
0
3367
143
o -
130
125
0
1
188
12
33
0
0
0
33
0
33
4
3
0
138
6
0
3
3
0
2
1547"
105
118
13
4ll
0
115
0
115
57
35
0
615
26
0
20
19
0
3
2616
108
105
524
20
0
98
0
98
12
6
0
430
18
0
11
10
0
4
9058
352
216
5886
220
0
205
0
205
8
5
0
689
29
0
21
20
0
5
1918
119
142
664
25
" 0
140
0
140
23
15
0
700
29
0
38
37
0
6
9030
320
181
66
2
0
140
0
140
0
0
0
360
15
0
8
8
0
7
567
30
9
332
12
0
9
0
9
2
1
0
131
6
0
8
8
0
8
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
9
1470
74
42
817
31
0
40
0
40
4
3
0
239
10
0
18
17
0
10
126
5
40
0
0
0
40
0
40
.0
0
0
66
3
0
1
1
0
        Denotes a sub-industry included in the 2-digit industry totals above.

-------
                                               EXHIBIT  A-3(3)
 I
fO
H
Industry
*SIC 286, 2879
Industrial Organic
Chans.. & Agric.
Chems., N.E.C.
*SIC 2892
Explosives

SIC 29
Petroleun and
Goal Products
*SIC 2911
Petroleum Refining

*SIC 2992
Petroleun
Re-refining
SIC 30
Rubber and
trti.sc. Plastics
SIC 31
Leather and
leather Tanning

Total
Off-site
Unknown

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
13,786
482
66

7
1
0
2138
786
0
1901
571
0
237
. 215
0
25S
244
0
465
259
0
1
10

-------
                                                EXHIBIT  &-3(4)
tsJ
K)
Industry
SIC 32
Stone, Clay, and
Glass Products
SIC 33
Primary Hfetal
Indus tries
*SIC 331, 332, 339
Ferrous Ntetals ••

*SIC 333, 3341,
335, 336
Non-ferrous Matals
SIC 34
Fabricated Matal
Products
SIC 35
Machinery, Except .
Electrical
SIC 36
Electric and
IClectronic Fbuip.

•total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
17
0
17
4167
1169
347
2381
221
0
1786
948
347
2047
549
1360
338
71
260
1154
452
507
1
1
0
1
2
1
0
0
0
0
^2
1
0
209
56
106
27
5
21
71
16
51
2
2
0
2
190
48
13
120
11
0
70
37
13
217
58
128
33
7
25
165
62
78
3
1
0
1
809
137
28
666
61
0
143
76
28
176
47
135
29
6
22
192
95
51
4
3
0
3
447
164
55
167
15
0 .
280
149
55
176
47
135
30
6
23
87
19
64
5
4
0
4
1380
232
46
1143
106
0
237
126
46
801
215
526
133
28
102
352
145
142
6
2
0
2
466
226
81
48
4
0
418
222
81
140
38
113
25
5
19
68
29
26
7
1
0
1
76
40
14
0
0
0
76
40
14
98
27
64
21
4
16
30
5
23
8
L
0
1
112
29
8
72
7
0
40
22
8
29
a
15
6
1
5
5
1
4
9
2
0
2
104
34
10
48
4
0
56
30
10
168
45
120
29
6
22
153
62
64
10
1
0
1
582
256
90
119
11
0
463
245
90
32
8
18
4
1
3
28
18
2
         Denotes a siib-industry include! in the  2-digit  industry totals above.

-------
                                               EXHIBIT A-3(5)
I
K)
U)
Industry
*SIC 361-368
Electric
Electronic Fquip.
*SIC 3691, 3692
Batteries

SIC 37
Transportation
Equipment
SIC 38
Instruments and
Related Products
SIC 39
Miscellaneous
r-fenufacturing
Industries
Nbn-^fenu f actur ing
Industries

TOEfiL



Total
Off- Site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown

Total
Off-site
Unknown
Total
Off-site
Unknown
•total
650
124
507
504
328
0
1311
0
13L1
96
0
96
328
0
328

2042
1430
0
42694
6251
5395
1
66
13
51
5
3
0
91
0
91
15
0
15
50
0
50

123
86
0
1131
303
385
2
99
19
78
66
43
0
77
0
77
22
0
22
68
0
68

347
243
0
3216
673
564
3
66
13
51
126
82
0
85
0
85
9
0
9
25
0
25

183
128
0
4507
622
492
4
82
16
64
5
3
0
112
0
112
6
.0
6
43
0
43

246
172
0
10697
940
706
5
181
34
142
171
111
0
490
0
490
22
0
22
74
0
74

429
300
0
6611
1368
1604
6
33
6
26
35
23
0
85
0
85
3
0
3
19
0
19

183
128
0
11025
1059
549
7
30
5
23
0
0
0
85
0
85
3
0
3
12
0
12

122
86
0
1231
257
243
8
5
1
4
0
0
0
14
0
14
2
0
2
7
0
7

61
42
0
325
108
62
9
82
16
64
71
46
0
210
0
210
12
0
12
25
0
25

286
200
0
2925
552
534
10
3
1
2
25
17
0
63
0
63
1
0
1
6
0
6

61
42
0
1023
357
249
         Denotes a sib-industry included in the 2~dijit totals above.

-------
               FXHIBIT  A-4(1)
             Industry  Summaries
SIC 22 — Textile Mill Products
SIC 24 — Lumber and Wood Products
SIC 25 — Furniture and Fixtures
SIC 26 — Paper and Allied Products
SIC 27 — Printing and Publishing
SIC 28 — Chemicals and Allied Products1
SIC 281— Industrial Inorganic Chemicals
SIC 282— Plastic Materials, Synthetics
SIC 283— Drugs
SIC 284, 287  (ex. 2879), 289  (ex. 2892)
       — Other Chemicals
SIC 2852 -Paint and Other Allied Products
SIC 286, 2879
       — Industrial Organic Chemicals and  Agricultural
          Chemicals, N.E.C.
SIC 2892- Explosives
SIC 29 — Petroleum and Coal Products1
SIC 2911- Petroleum 'Refining
SIC 2992- Petroleum Re-Refining
SIC 30 — Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastics Products
SIC 31 — Leather and Leather Tanning
SIC 32 — Stone, Clay & Glass Products
SIC 33 — Primary Metals1
SIC 331, 332,  339
       — Ferrous Metals
SIC 333, 3341, 335, 336
       — Non-Ferrous Metals
SIC 34 — Fabricated Metal Products
SIC 35 — Machinery, Except Electrical
SIC 36 — Electric & Electronic Equipment
       — 361-368 Electric, Electronic Equipment
       — 3691,3692 - Batteries
 M.980 Hazardous waste generation summary only.
                         A-24

-------
                  EXHIBIT A-4(2)
SIC- 37 — Transportation Equipment
SIC 38 — Instruments & Related Products
SIC 39 — Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries
SIC    — Non-Manufacturing Industries
                        A-25

-------
                  SIC 22
TEXTILE MJT.T. PRODUCTS
         (All Quantities in Thousands of  Wet  Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        203
                  EPA Waste List:            0
                  Characteristic Waste:    203
                  Unknown:                   0
                  Range:                0-203
     Basis Quantity (Source/ Year) :  203   (EIA backup [ 15 ]  - 1978)

          The 6 hazardous waste  streams  identified  consist of  WWT
          sludges and waste solvents.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source)
       -100% (It is possible that the
             predominant wasta stream,
             WWT sludge from woven
             fabric finishing, may not
             be hazardous)

       Not applied (as PRA estimates
       include all generators)

        0%  (EIA backup [ 15 ])
Current Disposal Practices

     Off site:      ''    60%
     Disposal Methods:  Lagoon, landfill, POTW
     Source:            EIA backup  [ 15 ]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Offsite:
1
27
16
2
24
15
3
4
3
4
132
79
5
10
6
6
6
3
7
0
0
8
0
0
9
0
0
10
0
0
Method(Source):  Waste stream basis  (OSW Assessment  Study  [14])
                                A-26

-------
                SIC 24 -— LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS

         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
 1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total  Generation:         87
                   EPA Waste List:           NA
                   Characteristic Waste:     NA
                   Unknown:                  87
                   Range:                 44 - 131
     Basis  Quantity(Source/Year):   80 (EIS [17]  - 1975)

          Wastes  include  wood  residues  saturated with treating
          chemicals; WWT  sludges;  tank  residues (creosote,  penta-
          chlorophenol);  paint sludges;  solvents;  coating/glueing
          cleanup wastes.  There  is one  EPA listed waste stream
          (5117).
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate( Source) :
±50%

Not available
1.6% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current Disposal Practices

     Offsite:           Unknown
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill,  incineration
     Source:            Small Generator  Study [18]
198O Regional Distribution

Total :
Unknown :
1
4
4
2
3
3
3
7
7
4
20
20
5
10
10
6
8
8
7
3
3
8
2
2
9
9
9
10
21
21
Method(Source):  Allocation (Bureau-of the Census [21])
                                A-27

-------
                SIC 25 — FURNITORE AND FIXTURES

        (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        36
                  EPA Waste List:          NA
                  Characteristic Waste:    NA
                  Unknown:                 36
                  Range:                 18-54
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year) :   36  (Small Generator  Study  [18]
                                       1977)

          Most generators are  small (none  larger  than 5,000
          kg/mo).  Wastes include paint  sludges and  solvents.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
±50%
Not available
0% (Bureau of the Census [19])
Current. Disposal Practices
     Offsite:           Unknown
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill
     Source:            Small Generator  Study  [18]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Unknown :
1
2
2
2
4
4
3
4
4
4
9
9
5
7
7
6
2
2
7
2
2
8
0
0
9
5
5
10
1
1
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau  of  the  Census  [21])
                                 A-28

-------
                SIC 26
  PAPER AMD ALIPED PRODUCTS
         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
 1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:      1,295
                   EPA Waste List:           NA
                   Characteristic Waste:     NA
                   Unknown:               1,295
                   Range:               0 - 1943
      Basis  Quantity(Source/Year):   1,220 (BAT Contractor Estimates
                                          [20] - 1978)

          Generally  WWT  sludges; detailed waste stream information
          has  not  yet  been developed.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source)
           +50%
           -100%  (It  is possible  that  some
                  or all of the  wastes  from
                  this  industry  may  not be
                  hazardous)

           Not available
           3.0% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
3%
Lagoon
BAT Contractor Estimates [20]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total:
Of f site :
1
130
4
2
272
8
3
130
'• 4
4
156
5
5
324
10
6
77
2
7
52
1
8
13
<1
9
117
3
10
?.*>
1
Method(Source):  Allocation (Bureau of the Census  [21])
                               A-29

-------
                SIC 27 — PRINTING AHD  PUBLISHING

        (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet  Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        154
                  EPA Waste List:           NA
                  Characteristic Waste:     NA
                  Unknown:                 154
                  Range:                 77  - 231
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year):   130  (EIS  [17]  -  1975)

          Wastes include  solvents,  dyes,  inks,  oils,  other organic
          compounds, and  photographic chemicals.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth  Rate(Source):
±50%

Not available

3.4% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current. Disposal Practices

     Offsite:           Unknown
     Disposal Methods:  Solvent  recovery,  landfill,  incineration,
                        chemical treatment,  POTW
     Source:            Small  Generator  Study [18]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total:
Unknown :
1
11
11
2
25
25
3
19
19
4
19
19
5
38
38
6
10
10
7
11
11
8
4
4
9
13
13
10
3
3
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau of the Census [21])
                                A-30

-------
             SIC 28 — CHEMICALS AKD ALLIED PRODUCTS

        (A.11 Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:     25,509
                  EPA Waste List:        4,243
                  Characteristic Waste: 17,902
                  Unknown:               3,364
                  Range:             18,292 - 32,728

     Note:  The following individual segments are presented
1980 Regional
Total :
Off site:
Unknown :
SIC 281
SIC 282
SIC 283
SIC 2851
SIC 286, 2879
SIC 2892
SIC 284, 287, 289
Distribution
1 2 3.4 5 6
185 1497 2515 8763 1870 8577
12 101 104 342 115 306
31 ' 111 99 202 133 170
78 9 10
553 1 1426 123
30 1 71 5
8 0 40 38
Method(Source)t  See individual industry segments  following.
                               A-31

-------
             SIC 281 — INDUSTRIAL  INORGANIC CHEMICALS

         (All Quantities in Thousands  of  Wet Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:      8,072
                  EPA Waste List:        1,056
                  Characteristic Waste:  7,016
                  Unknown:                   0
                  Range:           6,054 -  10,090
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year):   1,595  (HIA backup [16]  - 1978)
                                    4,471  (EIA backup [15]  - 1978)

          Tonnage estimates are available  for the  following EPA
          listed waste streams:  2010,  2011,  3003,  2013,  2014,  2015,
          2006, 2007, 2004.  No tonnage is available for:  2012,
          2008, 2009, 2005, 5118.   Eleven  waste  streams have been
          categorized as characteristic waste.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
±25%

.80

2.9% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current Disposal Practices


     Offsite:           3.7%  (Excludes  2,395  103  MT of ocean
                              dumped  waste
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill,  lagoon,  ocean  dumping,  deep-well
                        injection.
     Source:            EIA backup [16],  [15]


1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Of f site:
1
0
0
2
13
<1
3
510
19
4
5723
214
5
646
24
6
64
2
7
323
12
8
0
0
9
794
30
10
0
0
Method(Source):  Waste stream basis  (OSW  Assessment  Study [12])
                                  A-32

-------
            SIC 282 — PIASTIC MATERIALS,  SYNTHETICS
        (All Quantities in Thousands  of  Wet  Metric  Tons)


1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        769
                  EPA. Waste List:            0
                  Characteristic Waste:    769
                  Unknown:                   0
                  Range:               577  - 961
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year) -.   558  (EIA backup [16]  - 1978)

          Waste consists largely of miscellaneous  organics
          (phenols, resins), solvents,  and WWT  sludges.
     Range:

     Coverage .Ratio:

     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
±25%

.82

6.6% (U.S.I.O [23] when
     available; OSW Assessment
     Study [11] for others.)
Current Disposal Practices

     Offsite:           Unknown
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill, incineration
     Source:            SIA backup  [16]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Unknown :
1
31
31
2
108
108,
3
92
92
4
192
192
5
131
131
6
131
131
7
8
8
8
0
0
9
38
38
10
38
38
Method(Source):  Industry basis  (OSW Assessment  Study  [11])
                               A-33

-------
                        SIC 283 — DRUGS

        (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet  Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        106
                  EPA Waste List:           73
                  Characteristic Waste:     33
                  Unknown:                   0
                  Range:                80  - 133
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):   70  (EIA backup  [16]  -  1978)

          Tonnages are available  for three nonspecific EPA Waste
          List streams:  3002, 4000, 4301.   There  is no  tonnage
          estimate for Waste List 6151.   The remainder of the
          wastes have been assigned to characteristic  wasta and
          include solvents, heavy metals, and organic  chemical
          residues.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
           ±25%

           .73

           5.0% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
60%
Landfill, incineration
OSW Assessment Study [10] and SIA backup
[3]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Of f site:
1
4
3
2
54
33
3
11
6
4
8
5
5
22
14
6
0
0
7
2
1
8
0
0
9
4
3
10
0
U
Method(Source):  Industry basis  (OSW  Assessment  Study [10])
                                   A-34

-------
              SIC 284, 287 (ex. 2879), 289  (ex. 2892)
                          OTHER CHEMICALS

         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:     3,364
                  EPA Waste List:          NA
                  Characteristic Waste:    NA
                  Unknown:              3,364
                  Range:             1,682 - 5,046
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):   3,355  (Small  Generator  Study1 [18]-
                                          1977)

          Wastes include solvents,  miscellaneous organics,  miscella-
          neous inorganics, acids and alkalies.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
 ±50%
 Not available

 0% (U.S.I.O [23] when
    available; Bureau of the
    Census [19] for others)
Current: Disposal Practices

     Offsite:

     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
4% (SIC 28 average offsite
   disposal)
All methods
Small Generator Study [18]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Of f site :
1
138
6
2
614
26
3
430
18
4
688
29
5
699
29
6
360
15
7
131
6
8
0
0
9
239
10
10
66
3
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau  of  the  Census [21])
                                A-35

-------
            SIC 2851
PAINT AND OTHER ALLIED PRODUCTS
         (All Quantities in Thousands of  Wet  Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        125
                  EPA Waste List:          110
                  Characteristic Waste:     15
                  Unknown:                   0
                  Range:                 94 - 156
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year):  111  (EIA backup  [16]  - 1978)

          Following are listed waste streams:   4911,  2016,  5950,
          5700, and 2017.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
           ±25%
           .96

           4.0% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:           95%
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill,  incineration,  POTW
     Source:            Draft EIA  [233  and  SI A backup [16]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Offsite:
1
3
3
2
19
13
3
11
10
4
20
19
5
37
36
6
8
8
7
8
8
8
1
1
9
17
16
10
1
1
Method(Source):  Industry basis  (OSW  Assessment  Study  [9 ])
                                 A-36

-------
           SIC 286, 2879
INDUSTRIAL ORGANIC CHEMICALS
                AND AGRICOLiTORAL CHEMICALS,  N.E.C.

         (All Quantities in Thousands  of  Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        13,066
                  EPA.Waste List:           2,997
                  Characteristic Waste:    10,069
                  Unknown:                      0
                  Range:
          9,800 - 16,330
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year):      922  (El A backup [16] - 1978)
                                    10,815  (EIA backup [15] - 1978)

          Waste streams with tonnage  estimates included on the EPA.
          Waste List are:  3021, 4102,  3009, 5181,  5123,  3012, 3023,
          3006, 5120, 3007, 3014,  2018,  4302.   A large number of EPA
          listed waste streams have no tonnage estimates  available
          (3020, 5130, 3004, 3008,  3010, 3011, 5124,  5126, 5128,
          3018, 3019, 5132, 5133,  3022,  2019,  5144,  5145, 5146,
          5147, 5149, 5154, 5156,  5157,  5158,  5163,  2020, 5166,
          5167, 5168, 6152, 6153,  5169).   There are 20 other
          hazardous waste  streams.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
       ±25%

       .99

       5.0% (U.S.I.O. [23] when avail-
            able; OSW Assessment  Study
            [21] for others)
Current Disposal Practices

     Offsite:           3.5%
     Disposal Methods:  All methods
     Source:            EIA backup  [15] ,  [16]
1980 Regional Distribution

               _1    2    3    4     5     678    9   10

Total:
Offsite:
Unknown:

Method( Source) :  Waste stream basis  (OSW Assessment Study [13])
9
<1
<^1
689
24
3
1459
51
7
2130
74
10
333
12
2
8014
280
39
81
3
<1
0
0
0
333
12
2
18
1
<1
                                A-37

-------
                       SIC 2892 — EXPI£)SIVES

         (All Quantities  in  Thousands  of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:          7
                  EPA. Waste  List:            7
                  Characteristic  Waste:      0
                  Unknown:                   0
                  Range:                   5-9
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):   7  ( EIA backup [16] - 1978)

          All waste included  on the following EPA listed waste
          streams:  6300,  2049,  7200,  4051.   EPA Waste List streams
          4103 and 3025 have  no waste  quantity estimates.
     Range:                         ±25%
     Coverage Ratio:                .99
     Annual Growth Rate(Source) :    0%  (OSW Assessment Study [13.])


Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
15%
Open burning
OSW Assessment Study  [13] and  SIA backup
[16]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total:
Of f site:
1
0
0
2
0
0
3
2
<1
4
2
<1
5
2
•cl
6
0
0
7
0
0
8
0
0
9
1
•£l
10
0
0
Method(Source):  Waste  stream basis  (OSW Assessment Study [13])
                                  A-38

-------
               SIC 29 — PETROI»EUM AND COAL PRODUCTS

         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)


1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:       2,119
                  EPA Waste List:           407
                  Characteristic Waste:   1,712
                  Unknown:                    0
                  Range:
1,590 - 2,649
     Note:  The following individual segments  are  presented;


1980 Regional

Total :
Of f site:
SIC 2911
SIC 2992
Di str ibution
12345 6 78
0 122 165 90 384 878 99 61
0 64 58 47 152 289 33 21



9 10
258 61
84 21
Method(Source):  See  individual  industry segments following.
                                A-39

-------
                   SIC 2911 — PETROLEUM REFIHIMG

          (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:        1,901
                   EPA Waste List:            407
                   Characteristic Waste:    1,494
                   Unknown:                     0
                   Range:
               1,426 -  2,376
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year):   1,882 (EIA backup [16Q - 1978)

          Includes  four  waste  streams on the EPA Waste List:  2023,
          2024,  2025,  and 2026. The remaining nine streams consist
          of  spent  feedstocks,  miscellaneous sludges,  and bank
          bottoms.
     Range:

     Coverage Ratio:

     Annual Growth Rate(Source)
            ±25%

            .99

            0% (Bureau of the Census  [19])
Current: Disposal Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:

     Source:
30%
Lagoon, landfarm, landfill, deep-well
injection
OSW Assessment Study [8 ] and EIA backup
[16]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Off site:
1
0
0
2
76
23
3
152
46
4
57
17
5
323
97
6
836
251
7
95
29
8
57
17
9
247
74
10
57
17
Method(Source):  Industry basis  (OSW Assessment  Study  [ 8 ])
                               A-40

-------
                 SIC 2992 — PETROLEUM RE-KEFIHIBG
         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)

198O Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:         218
                  EPA Waste List:             0
                  Characteristic Waste:     218
                  Unknown:                    0
                  Range:                 164 - 273
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):   81  (EIA backup [16]  - 1978)
          The three waste  streams  include acid and caustic sludges,
          and spent clay.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth  Rate(Source):
±25%
.44
9.0% (OSW Assessment Study [7 ])
Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:            90%
     Disposal  Methods:   Landfill ,
     Source:             OSW  Assessment Study L 7 3
 1980  Regional Distribution

Total:
Off site:
1
0
0
2
46
41
3
13
12
4
33
30
5
61
55
6
42
38
7
4
4
8
4
4
9
11
10
10
4
4
 Method(Source):   Waste stream basis (OSW Assessment Study [7 ])
                                  A-41

-------
        SIC 30 — ROBBER AHD MISCELIAHEOUS PIASTICS PRODUCTS

          (A.11 Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
 1980  Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:        249
                   EPA Waste List:           NA
                   Characteristic Waste:     NA
                   Unknown:                  249
                   Range:                125 - 374
      Basis  Quantity (Source/Year) :   220 (EIS [17] - 1975)

          The  wastes  generated by  SIC 30 include solvents, paint
          wastes,  contaminated floor sweepings, APC dust, etc.
      Range:
      Coverage  Ratio:
      Annual Growth  Rate(Source)
±50%
Not available
2.5% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current: Disposal Practices


     Offsite:            95%
     Disposal Methods:   Landfill
     Source:             OSW  Assessment  Study [11]


1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Off site:
1
22
21
2
28
27
3
22
21
4
39
37
5
83
79
6
17
16
7
11
10
8
2
2
9
22
21
10
2
2
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau of  the  Census  [21])
                                A-42

-------
               SIC 31 — LEATHER TAHHIS8G & FIHISHING

         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet  Metric  Tons)


1980 Hazardous Waste Generation.
                  Total Generation:         474
                  EPA Waste  List:           455
                  Characteristic Waste:      19
                  Unknown:                    0
                  Range:                 426 - 521
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year) :   484 (EIA backup [15] - 1978)

          The following EPA  Waste  List streams are included: • 2044,
          2045, 2047,  2048,  4750.   No tonnage is known for the EPA.
          listed waste stream  2046.
     Range:

     Coverage Ratio:

     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
±10%

.98

-2.0% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current. Disposal Practices
     Offsite:            56%
     Disposal Methods:   Landfill,  landfarm.
     Source:             SIA backup [15]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Of fsite:
1
156
87
2
57
32
3
24
13
4
14
8
5
137
76
6
0
0
"7
38
21
8
5
3
9
38
21
10
5
3
Method(Source):  Industry basis  (OSW Assessment Study [1])
                                A-43

-------
               SIC 32 — STONE, CLAY & GLASS PRODUCTS

          (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
 1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:        17
                   EPA. Waste List:           NA
                   Characteristic Waste:    NA
                   Unknown:                  17
                   Range:                 9-26
     Basis  Quantity (Source/Year) :   16 (Small Generator Study [18] -
                                       1977)

          The  typical  wastes include solvents,  alkalies,  and acetic
          wastes.                                .
     Range:

     Coverage Ratio:

     Annual Growth  Rate(Source)
±50%

Not available

2.7% (U.S.I.O. [23])
Current. Disposal Practices


     Offsite:           Unknown
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill.
     Source:            Small Generator  Study  [18]


1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Unknown :
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
4
3
3
5
4
4
6
2
2
7
1
. 1
8
1
1
9
2
2
10
1.
1
Method(Source):  Allocation (Bureau of the Census  [21])
                               A-44

-------
                     SIC 33 — PRIMARY METALS
         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        4,061
                  EPA Waste List:          2,010
                  Characteristic Waste:      905
                  Unknown:                 1,146
                  Range:
3,046 - 5,077
     Mote:  The following individual segments are presented

                SIC 331, 332, 339
                SIC 333, 3341, 335, 336
1980 Regional Distribution

Total:
Of f site :
Unknown :
1
2
1
0
2
185
47
13
3
791
134
27
4
434
159
53
5
1348
226
45
6
452
219
79
7
74'
39
14
8
109
28
8
9
101
33
10
10
565
249
87
Method(Source):  See individual industry segments  following.
                                 A-45

-------
                 SIC 331, 332, 339 — FERROUS METALS
          (All  Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)


1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:       2,330
                   EPA Waste List:         1,858
                   Characteristic Waste:     249
                   Unknown:                   223
                   Range:
               1,748  -  2,913
     Basis  Quantity(Source/Year) :   2,017 (EIA backup [16] - 1978)
                                      209 (Small Generator Study  [18]-
                                          1977)

          The  EPA Waste List streams include:  2027, 4551, 2028,
          4913,  4912,  4050,  2032,  2031, and 2030.  Only one EPA
          Waste  List  stream,  2050,  has no associated tonnage.  There
          are  two characteristic  waste streams, tin plating sludge
          and  waste  from ferrous  foundries.
     Range:

     Coverage Ratio:

     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
           ±25%

           Not applied

           2.2%  (U.S.I.O.  [23])
Current Disposal  Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
9%
Lagoon, POTW
EIA backup D.6] and Small
Generator Study [18]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Of f s i te :
1
0
0
2
117
11
3
652
60
4
163
15
5
1118
104
6
47
4
7
0
0
8
70
7
9
47
4
10
116
11
Method(Source):  Waste stream basis  (OSW 'Assessment Study [5])
                                A-46

-------
           SIC 333, 3341, 335, 336  — NON-FERROUS METALS

         (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:        1,731
                  EPA Waste  List:            152
                  Characteristic Waste:      656
                  Unknown:                   923
                  Range:
              1,298 - 2,164
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year) :
           210 (EIA backup  [16] -  1978),
           525 (EIA backup  [15] -  1978)
           865 (Small Generator Study  [18]•
               1977)
          The waste  streams  on the EPA Waste list are:  2034, 2051,
          2036, 2037,  3024,  2051.   The EPA Waste List streams which
          have no associated tonnages are:  2033, 2035, and 2038.
          The characteristic wastes include sludges, dusts,
          residues,  and  slag.
     Range:

     Coverage Ratio:

     Annual Growth  Rate( Source) :
           ±25%

           Not applied

           3.2%  (U.S.I.O.  [23])
Current Disposal  Practices
     Offsite:
     Unknown:
     Disposal  Methods:
     Source:
53%
20%
Lagoon, landfill, POTW
Small Generator Study [18]
1980 Regional  Distri.tHitJ.O5a

Total :
Of fsite:
Unknown:
1
2
1
0
2
68
36
13
3
139
74
27
4
271
144
53
5
230
122
45
6
405
215
79
7
74
39
14
8
39
21
8
9
54
29
10
10
449
238
87
Me thod( Source) :   Waste Stream basis (OSW Assessment Study [ 5 ])
                               A-47

-------
                 SIC 34 — FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS

          (All Quantities in  Thousands of  Wet Metric Tons)
 1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:         1,997
                   EPA. Waste List:             624
                   Characteristic Waste:        46
                   Unknown:                  1,327
                   Range:                1,498  -  2,496
      Basis Quantity(Source/Year):
  613  (EIA backup  [16]  -  1978)
1,196  (EIS [17] - 1975)
           EIA backup estimates are used  for SIC 3471.  Two waste
           streams from this segment are  captured by  the  EPA  Waste
           List (2002, 3000).  There is one characteristic wasta
           stream.  Eatimates from the EIS were used  for  the
           remainder of the industry.  The wastes consist of
           solvents,  paint wastes, acids, heavy metals, etc.
      Range:

      Coverage Ratio:

      Annual  Growth Rate(Source):
±25%

Not available

2.5% (U.S.I.O. [23] when
     available; OSW Assessment
     Study [ 3 ] for others)
Current. Disposal Practices
     Offsite:            27%
     Disposal  Methods:   Chemical treatment,  landfill, incinera-
                         tion,  POTW
     Source:             Draft  EIA [21]  and EIA backup [16]
1980 Regional Distribution
                                                  8
                       10
204
55
103
212
57
125
172
46
132
172
46
132
731
210
513
137
37
110
96
26
62
28
8
15
164
44
117
31
8
18
Total:
Offsite:
Unknown:

Method(Source):  Industry basis  (OSW Assessment  Study [3])  and
                 Allocation  (Bureau  of  the  Census  121])
                                A-48

-------
              SIC 35 — MACHINERY,  EXCEPT EI^CTRICAL

         (All Quantities in Thousands  of  Wet  Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:         322
                  EPA Waste List:            74
                  Characteristic  Waste:      NA
                  Unknown:                  248
                  Range:                 161 - 483
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):
            65 (EIA backup [16] - 1978)
           218 (PHB Estimates - 1978)
          EIA backup estimates  are  used for SIC 355 and 357.   All of
          the waste from  these  industry segments are included on the
          EPA Waste List.   The  listed waste streams ara:  3000,
          3002, 4000, 4301,  4800,  2002,  4905,  2000, 4300.  To
          estimate tonnage  for  the  remainder of SIC 35, the employee
          hours for SIC 355 and 357 are ratioed to employee hours
          for the total industry.   Tonnage is increased using this
          factor.  The estimate therefore is based on the assumption
          that the generation  rates for SIC 355 and 357 and the
          remainder of SIC  35  are  the same.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth  Rate( Source) :
           ±50%

           .97

           5.1% (U.S.I..O. [23] when  avail-
                able; OSW Assessment Study
                [ 2 ] for others)
Current Disposal  Practices
     Offsite:
     Unknown:
     Di spo sal  Methods:
     Source:
21%                            .
76%
Chemical treatment, landfill,  incineration
OSW Assessment Study  [2 ] and  EIA backup
[16]
                               A-49

-------
              SIC 35 - MACHINERY, EXCEPT  ELECTRICAL
                            (continued)
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Offsite:
Unknown :
1
26
5
20
2
31
7
24
3
28
6
21
4
29
6
22
5
127
27
97
6
24
5
18
7
20
4
15
8
6
1
5
9
28
6
21
10
4
1
3
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau of  the  Census  [21])
                               A-50

-------
            SIC 36 — ELECTRIC AHD  EEiECTRCaillC EQUIPMENT
         (All Quantities in Thousands  of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:
                  EPA Waste List:
                  Characteristic Waste:
                  Unknown:
                  Range:
                            1,093
                              531
                              87
                              475
                        668 - 1,519
     Note:  The following individual  segments  are presented

                SIC 361-368
                SIC 3691, 3692
1980 Regional Distribution

                1234
                                  8
Total:
Offsite:
Unknown:
67
15
48
156  183
 59   91
 73   48
82
18
60
334  65
139  28
133  24
28
 5
22
5
1
4
                                      10
145  27
 59  17
 60   2
Method(Source):  See individual  industry  segments following.
                                A-51

-------
          SIC 361-368 — ELECTRIC AND E3LECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

          (All Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous  Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:         609
                   EPA Waste List:           49
                   Characteristic Waste:     85
                   Unknown:                  475
                   Range:           •      305 -914
     Basis Quantity (.Source/Year) :
             91  (EIA backup [16]  - 1978)
            426  (PHB estimates - 1978)
          EIA backup  estimates  are used for SIC 367.  All but one
          waste  stream, WWT  sludges,  are captured by the following
          EPA list waste  streams:   3002, 4000,  4301, 4905,  2000,  and
          4300.

          To estimate hazardous waste generation for SIC 361-366  and
          368, the employee  hours- from 367 are  ratioed to total
          employee hours  for the industry.  This factor is  then
          applied to  the  waste  quantity from SIC 367 to obtain the
          total  above.  The  estimate  therefore  is based on  the
          assumption  that the generation rate for SIC 367 and the
          remainder of SIC 36 are  the same.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source)
           ±50%

            .97

           6.7%  (U.S.I.O.  [23])
Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:
     Unknown:
     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
19%
78%
Landfill, chemical  treatment,  incineration
OSW Assessment Study [6 ], Draft EIA  [21],
and EIA backup [16]
                              A-52

-------
         SIC 361-368 — ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                            (continued)
198O Regional Distribution

Total :
Of f site:
Unknown:
1
62
12
48
2
93
18
73
3
62
12
48
4
77
15
60
5
170
32
133
6
31
6
24
7
28
5
22
8
5
1
4
9
77
15
60
10
3
1
2
Method(Source):  Allocation (Bureau of the Census [21])
                              A-53

-------
                    SIC 3691, 3692 —  BATTERIES

         (All Quantities in  Thousands  of  Wet  Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:         484
                  EPA Waste List:   '        482
                  Characteristic Waste:       2
                  Unknown:                    0
                  Range:                 363 - 605
     Basis Quantity (Source/Year) :   442  (EIA backup [16]  - 1978)

          There are three EPA  listed  waste  streams from the
          manufacture of batteries, 2039, 2040,  and 2041.   Waste
          estimates are available  for one of these waste streams,
          2039.  The characteristic waste streams  consist  of WWT
          sludges and manufacturing scrap.
     Range:                        ±25%
     Coverage Ratio:               .99
     Annual Growth Rate(Source) :   4%  (OSW  Assessment  Study  [ 4 ])


Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:           65%
     Disposal Methods:  Landfill, POTW
     Source:            Draft EIA [2Q and  EIA backup  [16]
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Offsite:
1
5
3
2
63
41
3
121
79
4
5
3
5
164
107
6
34
22
7
0
0
8
0
0
9
68
44
10
24
16
Method( Source):  Waste stream basis  (OSW Assessment  Study  [4 1)
                                  A-54

-------
                 SIC 37 — TRAHSPORTATIOH EQUIPMENT

          (All  Quantities in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
 198O  Hazardous Waste Generation
                   Total Generation:
                   EPA Waste List:
                   Characteristic Waste:
                   Unknown:
                   Range:
                            1,240
                               NA
                               NA
                            1,240
                         620 - 1,860
     Basis  Quantity (Source/Year) :   940 (EIS [17] - 1975)

          Wastes  include  solvents,  paint wastes, alkalies, cyanides,
          and  metal containing compounds.
     Range:
     Coverage  Ratio:

     Annual Growth  Rate( Source)
                     ±•50%
                     Not available
                     5.7%  (U.S.I.O.  [23])
Current Disposal  Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:
     Source:
         Unknown
         Chemical treatment,  landfill,  incineration
         Small Generator  Study  [18]
1980 Regional Distribution

                123
                                                  8
                                            10
Total:
Unknown:
36   73   80   106  464  80  80   13    199   60
86   73   80   106  464  80  80   13    199   60
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau  of  the  Census [21])
                                 A-55

-------
             SIC 38 — INSTRUMENTS & RELATED  PRODUCTS

         (All Quantities in Thousands of  Wet  Metric  Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:         90
                  EPA Waste List:           NA
                  Characteristic Waste:     NA
                  Unknown:                  90
                  Range:                 45  - 135
     Basis Quantity (Source/ Year) :   65  (EIS  [17]  -  1975)

          Wastes include  solvents,  metal  containing compounds,
          acids, alkalies, paint wastes,  cyanides,  and miscellaneous
          organics.
     Range:

     Coverage Ratio:
     Annual Growth Rate(Source):
           ±50%

           Not available

           6.7% (U.'S.I.O. [23])
Current Disposal Practices
     Offsite:
     Disposal Methods:

     Source:
Unknown
Chemical treatment, landfill,  incinera-
tion.
Small Generator Study [18]
1980 Regional  Distribution

Total :
Unknown :
1
14
14
2
21
21
3
8
8
4
6
6
5
21
21
6
3
3
7
3
3
8
2
2
9
11
11
10
1
1
 Method(Source):   Allocation (Bureau of the Census [21])
                                   A-56

-------
          SIC 39
MISCEI.I,fiNEOUS MANUFACTURING  INDUSTRIES
          (All Quantities  in Thousands of Wet Metric Tons)
1980 Hazardous Waste  Generation
                  Total  Generation:       318
                  EPA  Waste  List:          NA
                  Characteristic  Waste:    NA
                  Unknown:                318
                  Range:               159 - 477
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):   270  (EIS [17] - 1975)

          Wastes  include  solvents,  paint wastes,  acids,  metal
          containing compounds,  cyanides,  and alkalies.
     Range:
     Coverage Ratio:

     Annual Growth Rate( Source) :
                ±50%
                Not available
                3.3% (U.S.I.O.  [23])
Current: Disposal Practices
     Offsite:           Unknown
     Disposal Methods:  Chemical  treatment,  landfill,  incineration
     Source:            Small Generator  Study [IS]


1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Unknown :
1
48
48
2
66
66
3
24
24
4
42
42
5
72
72
6
18
18
7
12
12
8
7
7
9
24
24
10
6
6
Method(Source):  Allocation  (Bureau of  the  Census  [21])
                               A-57

-------
                SIC — NON-MMJOFACTURING INDUSTRIES

         (All Quantities in  Thousands  of Wet  Metric Tons)


1980 Hazardous Waste Generation
                  Total Generation:
                  EPA Waste  List:
                  Characteristic  Waste:
                  Unknown:
                  Range:
                   1,971
                      NA
                      NA
                   1,971
                968 - 2,957
     Basis Quantity(Source/Year):
             547 (EIA backup [16] - 1978)
           1,245 (Small Generator Study [18]-
                 1977)
          The  industry  segments  included in the non-manufacturing
          waste generation  estimate follow.  (The tonnage estimates
          are  for  1980).

          5085     Drum  Reconditioners         78
          07       Agricultural  Services      503
          5161     Chemical  Warehouses          5
          40       Railroad  Transportation    556
          55       Automotive Dealers and
                   Gasoline  Service Stations  126
          72       Personal  Services    '      321
          73       Business  Services           39
          76       Misc.  Repair  Services      306
          80       Health Services             30
          82       Educational Services         6

          Wastes  include solvents, acids, biological wastes, heavy
          metals,  paint sludges, radioactive wastes and miscella-
          neous organic and inorganic chemicals.
     Range:
     Coverage  Ratio:
     Annual  Growth Rate(Source):
           ±50%
           Not available
           3.6% (Average industry growth
                rate applied)
 Current Disposal Practices
      Offsite:
      Disposal  Methods:
      Source:
70%
Landfill, landfarm, incineration, lagoon.
EIA backup [16] and Small Generator  Study  DS]
                                 A-58

-------
                SIC — NOH-MftNOFACTORING INDUSTRIES
                            (continued)
1980 Regional Distribution

Total :
Of fsite:
1
119
83
2
335
235
3
177
124
4
237
166
5
414
290
6
177
124
7
118
83
8
59
41
9
276
193
10
59
41
Method(Source):  Based on population distribution data by state
                 (Bureau of the Census [24])
                               A-59

-------

-------
                        APPENDIX B
             METHODOLOGY FOR DETERMINING MOST
                 PROBABLE OFF-SITE DEMAND
                           IN 1981
     As_explained in the text, it is not possible to
ascertain the disposal category for a large portion of the
total estimate for hazardous waste generation.  This
appendix shows how wastes in this "unknown disposal" cate-
gory are allocated between on-site and off-site disposal.
Exhibit B-l presents the assumptions used for each industry
as well as the rationale for using the assumed off-site
percentages of.unknown disposal quantities.  These assumed
percentages of off-site demand are also applied to unknown
disposal quantities at the regional level.
                           B-l

-------
0)
 I
                                               EXHIBIT B-l
                             Allocation of  Unknown Disposal  Quantities
                        Into Most  Probable Off-Site Demand  Category, 1981
                                     (thousand wet metric tons)


SIC

oo
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Non-mf g .
Total

Unknown
Disposal
Category
o
88
36
0
159
886
0
0
0
17
347
1,360
260
507
1,311
96
328
0
5,395
Assumed %
of Unknown
Disposed
Off-Site

20
80
_
50
4
—
- _
_
30
66
80
80
80
80
80
80
-



Assumed
Off-Site
0
18
29
0
80
36
0
0
0
5
229
1,088
208
406 '
1,049
77
262 ,
0
3,487


Known
Off-Site
122
0
0
40
0
1,129
786
244
259
0
1,169
549
71
452
0
0
0
1,430
6,251
Most
Probable
Total
Off-Site
122
18
29
40
80
1,165
786
244
259
5
• 1,398
1,637
279
858
1,049
77
262
1,430
9,738

Basis for Assumption


1
TRW small generator study
TRW small generator study
2
EPA estimate
Chemical Industry
—
—
1
TRW small generator study
Industry average4
PHB estimate5
PHB estimate5
PHB estimate5
c
PHB estimate^
PHB estimate5
PHB estimate0
.
e •
               Based on a description of: disposal practices  for  these industries "contained' in Technical;
               Ejwirgnmental Impacts of Varioos Approaches for
               Generators , : Vols .  I , '-II , TRW, December 10, 1979.
               Arbitrary 50 percent allocated off-site.
   Source:
                                                                           _
    -Reported off-site-disposal percentage --for. chemical  industry as a whole..  -    •-   :.      :- ,   5
L   Off-si^e disposa^ratio;for;nonferrous fabricated metal  products for which .disposal practices

   . were knq>wri-. ; .          - .       ,  ,   i  -             .    "                     .-....."
3   Professional judgment of  Putnam J Hayes, and: Bartlett based on its review of •Industrial      j
    Aslessment reports for Industrie^ with similar manufacturing  processes.     ;     .-;    ^   j

 Putnam, Mayes & Bartlett                                             ,            '   -  ••    .  . ' "  ,

-------
                        APPENDIX C
            PROJECTED 19Sb INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS
               WASTE GENERATION BY INDUSTRY
     Exhibit.C-l presents a 1985 projection of the range of
hazardous wastes that may be generated.  The 'high estimate
is based on the industry growth rate used to calculate "the
1980 and 1981 estimates.  The low estimate is based on a
reasonable estimate of the potential reduction in waste
generation.  It was impossible to obtain reduction estimates
for each industry.  A survey of technical contractors used
to support EPA RCRA regulation development indicated, how-
ever, that a 20 percent reduction was reasonable.  The low
estimate represents a 20 percent reduction from the 1985
high estimate.

     It is not our purpose to provide a projection of what
the growth in hazardous wastes might be, but rather to show
the effect of a range of growth rate assumptions on volumes
of hazardous waste.
                           C-l

-------
                         EXHIBIT C-l
               Projected  1985 Hazardous Waste
                    Generation by  Industry
                (Thousands of wet  metric tons)
Industry
SIC 22-Textile Mill Products
SIC 24-Lumber S Wood Products
; SIC 2 5 -Furniture S Fixtures
SIC 26-Paper S Allied Products
SIC 27-Printing S Publishing
SIC 28-Chemicals S Allied
Products
SIC 29-Petroleum & Coal Products
SIC 30-Rubber & Misc. Plastic
r Products
1
SIC 31-Leather S Leather Tanning
SIC 32-Stone, Clay & Glass
Products
SIC 33-Primary Metal Industries
' SIC 34-Fabricated Metal Products
1 SIC 35-Machinery, Except
Electrical
| SIC 36-Electric S Electronic
l Equipment
SIC 37-Transportation Equipment
t SIC 3 8- Instruments S Related
Products
SIC 39-Misc. Manufacturing
Industries
Nonmanufacturing Industries
B
TOTAL
1980 Estimate
203
87
36
1,295
154
• 25,509
2,119
249
474
17
4,061
1,997
322
1,093
1,240
90
318
1,971
41,235
1985 Projection
Low-i-
162
75
29
1,201
145
24,564
1,789
226
342
15
3,699
1,807
330
1,145
1,309
99
299
1,882
39,118
High^
203
94
36
1,501
182
30,705
2,236
282
428 !
19 I
4,624
2,259
413
1,431
1,636
124
374
2,352
48,899
1
1    1985 volume projections based on the annual industry growth rate
     (see individual industry summaries) and adjusted for 20% source
     reduction.

2    1985 volume projections based on the annual industry growth rate.


Source:  Putnam, Hayes & Bartlett
                                 C-2

-------
                        APPENDIX  D
                   HAZARDOUS WASTE LIST
     This waste list is based on a March 1980 listing that
contained the May 19, 1980 listings, the planned Summer 1980
listings (Appendix A of the preamble to the rules), and the
planned Fall 1980 listings (Appendix B of the preamble to
the rules)..
                            D-l

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
                              Hazardous  Waste
 OLDJ
 NEW 2
3000
F001
Spent halogen.i ted  to t rachloir ue t liy leue ,  carbon
tetrachlorlde,  methylene chloride,  trlchloro-
ethylene,  1 , I , 1- t r toll l.o r oe t hunu , trlchloro-
fluoromethanu  and  the sludges froia  tlie  re-
covery of  these solvents Croin degreaslng
operations
4905


2000

4300


4800

3001


4000


4301



3002
F017

F018
F014
F015
F003
F004
F005
F002
 6150
Paint wastes  (such as latex sludge,  spent
solvents)

Water-based  paint wustea

Waste paint  and varnish remover

Spent or  wu site cyanide salt solutions or
sludges

Spent: or  waste complex cyanide  solutions or
sludges

Non-halogena ted solveutii and solvent
recovery  still bottoms (.specific  solvents
will be listed)

Mon-halogennted solvents and solvent
recovery  still bottomu (specific  solvents
will be listed)

Halogenated  solvents and solvent  recovery
still bottoms  (specific solvents  will be
listed)

Leachate  from hazardous waste  dls'posal
 The  hazardous waste numbers appearing on EPA waste  list  used for the
 industry summaries.

 ?                                                                          .
 'The  hazardous waste numbers published in the Federal  Recrister on May 19,|
 19BO.
                                  D-2

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                             Hazardous Waste
2002    F006

        F007


        F008


        F009


        F010


        F011


        F012


        F013


5101



5102


5103


5104
                Electroplating wastewater  treatment  sludges

                Spent plating bath  solutions  from  electro-
                plating operations

                Plating bath sludges  from  the bottom of
                plating baths from  electroplating  operations

                Spent stripping  and cleaning  bath  solutions
                from  electroplating  operations

                Quenching bath sludge from oil baths from
                metal heat  treating operation's

                Spent solutions  from  salt  bath pot cleaning
                from metal  heat  treating operations

                Quenching wastewater  treatment sludges  from
                metal heat  treating operations

                Flotation tailings  from selective  flotation
                from mineral metals recovery  operations

                Reactor clean up wastes from  the chlorina-
                tion, dehydrochlorination  or  oxychlorination
                of  aliphatic hydrocarbons

                Fractionation bottoms' from the separation
                of  chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons

                Distillation bottoms  from  the separation
                of  chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons

                Washer wastes from  the production  of
                chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons
                                 D-3

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                            Hazardous Waste
S105


3106


5107


5108


5109


5110


5111


5112


5113


5114


5115


5116


3502
         F016
                 Spent  catalyse  from Lhe production of
                 chlorinated aliphatic hydcoca ebons

                 Reactor clean —up  wastes from  the e-hlori-
                 natlon or oxychiocLnation  of  cyclic aliphatic
                 hydrocarbons

                 Fractionatton bottoms from  th« separation
                 of  chlorinated  cy«:ll«%. aliphatic hydrocarbons

                 D ( u i i ! I it r I » u Itt» I. I itni:: f r 11111  I tic  ii •• |>:i r a 1 I o u
                 of  chlorinated  cyrlli: a I I pha I. I <: hydro-
                 carbons

                 Washer wastes  from the. production of
                 chlorinated  cyclic aliphatic  hydrocarbons

                 Spent  catalyst  frum  i In*  p c ndue I. I o n oC
                 chlorinated  cycll«: aliphatic  hydrocarbons

                 Batch  residue.-!  from  I: hit production of
                 chlorinated  polymers

                 Solution  residues from the  production  of
                 chlorinated  polymers

                 Reactor clean-up wastes from  the separation
                 of chlorinated  aromatic hydrocarbons

                 Fractlonatton  bottoms from  the  separation
                 of chlorinated  aromatic hydrocarbons

                 Distillation bottoms from  the  separation of
                 chlorinated  aromatic hydrocarbons

                 Washer wastes  from the production  of  chlori-
                  nated aromatic  hydrocarbons

                  Po lychlorInated Illpht-uyls  (PCH)  and I'Cli
                  items as  dellned In  At) Cl-'K  Part  761

                  Dewatered  air  pollution control  scrubber
                  sludges  from coke ovens and blast furnaces
                                   D-4

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                                 Hazardous Waste
6925
                  Containers  or  Inner  ll.ner»  removed from  a
                  container  that ha:t been 'triple rinsed  to hold
                  any hazardous  wuute  listed  in this Sulrpurt,
                  unless  the  con taint; r ha:>  been triple  rinsed
                  using a  solvent c tip al>Lt>  of  removing  the
                  hazardous  wu:ite or has  been c loaned  by
                  another  method that  ha:;  been shown in  the
                  scientific  literature,  or by tests conducted
                  by the  generator, to achieve equivalent
                  remova1.

                  [Comment:  The  hazard code to be used  by  the
                  generator  for  de I lat I ng  containers or  inner
                  liners  will be the same  a:>  the hazard  code
                  of the  hazardous wu;; t e. wh Ich Is removed  from
                  the container  or inner  liner.)
                                     D-5

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                               Hazardous  Waste
7000
7001



7002


7003

4906


4907

4908

4909

4910


2003

5117
K070
 KOO:
Sub-ore  from underground  and surface mining
of uranium,  overburden  from  surface mining
of uranium  and watjte  rook  from underground
raining of uranium with  a  radium-22d a'ctLviUy
in excess of 5 pCl/g

Leach  zone  overburden and  discarded phosphate
ore  from phosphate uurface mining and  a limes
from  phosphate ore bonefLcLat Ion

Slag  and fluid bed prills  from process ing
phosphate  ore t.o produce  elemental
phos pho roua

Waste  gypsum  from processing phosphate  ore
to  produce  phosphoric  acid

Wool  fabric dylni; and  Mulshing wa r. t is wa t e r
t readme, ni: « 1 udge«

Woven fabric  dying  «»»«'  finishing  waatewatec
treatment sludge.';

lv.ii I t. fabric ilylnj'. .i.i.l  I I u I n li I n r. w.i M I. «• w.-t t n r
L real me nt » I \ui\\u >i

Yarn and stock  dying and  finishing waste-
water treatment  sludges

Carpet dying  and  finishing  wasstewater treat-
ment sludges

Wool scouring wa a t ewa t is r  treatment Kludges

 Bottom  sediment  Kludge from wood-treating
 process
                                    D-6

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                               Hazardous Waste
2004
K071
2005
5118
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
K072
K073
K074
K075
K076
K077
K005
Mercury  bearing sludges  from brine  treat-
ment and mercury boa ring brine purLf1cutLou
muds from the mercury  cull process  In
chlorine production

Wastewater treatment  sludge from diaphragm
cell process using g r.i ph I te anodes  In
production of chIo r I ne

Chlorinated hydrocarbon  hearing wastes  from
d I a p h r a g m cell process  using g r a p h 1t e  anodes
In chlorine production

Wastewator treatment.  H Indies 1° rom  the
production o C T li>2 P I ;'.»>'-' '*'• using chromium
bearing  ores by the  chloride process

Wastewater treatment  u I. u  p I )•. IIHMI I  u>:lii|>  chromium
bearing  o re n by I It <•  :; u I I .1 I i: |> i or, i: :i:;

Arsenic  bearing slu
-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste  Numbers
OLD
NEW
                                Hazardous Waste
3003
2013
2014
2015
6151
5700
4911
5950
2016
K007
K002
K003
K004
K084
K078
K079
K080
K081
 2017
 3004
 3006

 5120
 K082


 K009

 K010

 K011

 K012
 Waatewater  treatment :ilud|*e from  r.lie  ma'uu —
 facture of  Leon blue plgmentH

 Wastewater  L rea tme nl .-; fudge from  the  manu-
 facture of  chrome yellow  ami orange  pigments

 Wastewater  t rua two n i: sludge from  Che  manu-
 facture of  ran Ly bila 11! or.inge p I gme n t «

 Wastewater  treatment sludge from  the  manu-
 facture of  %:! lie yellow  p I gme nL s

 Arsenic or  o rg a no-a r sen I c  contalnlnj;  waste-
 water treatment sludj-os  from production of
 ve te r ina ry  pha rmar.eu t l«*.a Is

 Solvent cleaning wautew  from paint  production

'Water cleaning  wusteu  from paint  production

 Caustic cleaning waatew  from paint
 produc t ton

 Waatowater  treatnu;nt  sltidgeu from paint
 production

 Air pollution control  uludgcs  from  paint
 production

 DiatlLlatlon t>o t torn:)  from  I. he  production  of
 acetaldehyde from  ei.hylene

 Distillation side cuts  from the production
 of  acetaldehyde from ethylene
 Bottom  stream fn>iii  wa ;s t ewa t e'r stripper In
 production  of .tc try I on 1.1 r I Lc

 Still bottoms from  final  purification of
 ac ryIon i t rI le
                                      D-l

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                               Hazardous Waste
3007
3008
3009
3010


3011


5123


5124


3012


5126


5128


2018


3014
          K013
K014
K083
K085
          K015
K016
K017


K018


K019


K021
Bottom stream  from the acetonitrile  column
in the production of acrylonitrile

Waste  stream  (column bottom:;) from
acetroultrtie purification In production
of  acryloultrlle

StLLL  bottoms.from  aniline production

Distillation  residues from separation of
chlorobenzenes

Still  bd'ttoms from  the distillation  of
benzyl chloride 	"~ 	;'~~"	"

Heavy  endu or d i >• l. 1 I I a I. Ion residues from the
carbon L e t r a c li I o i: L <> t t: oiiis ) f r um  the fraction-
ator  In the pr oduc t Ion  of  ep Ichl o roll yd r In

Heavy  end:; from  f rue l; Lona t Ion In  ethyl
chloride production

Heavy  ends from the distillation  of ethylene
dichlorlde In ethyleiu;  dlchlorlde  production

Spent  catalytic  from the  fluorlnatlon reactor
in  the production  of l: luo rome thanes

Heavy  enda from  the production  of glycerine
from allyl chloride

Lead slag from  lead  a Iky I production

Vacuum utlll  bottoms  from the production of
ma J.e Ic anliy <1 r l«| t;
                                    D-9

-------
EPA, Hazardous
Waste Numbers

OLD     NEW
                               Hazardous Waste
 3018


 3019


 3020


 3021


 5130

 4302


 4102

 5132


 5133
 3022
 5181


 3023
K022
K023
K024
K025
K026
 K027
 K028
 K029
           K030
 K020
Heavy  tars from the  production  of  phenol/
acetone  from cumenu

Distillation re a I duea  from the  production of
phthallc  anhydride  from naphthalene

Aqueous  effluent from  scrubbing  of spent
acid  In  nitrobenzene  production

Purification column  u.tutes from  the pro-
duction  of nitrobenzene

Still  bottoms from  th«; production  of
p e ti t a c h 1 o r o n 11 r a b e n z <: it e

S t r l-p p 1 n u still (all:;  It o m t: Ik o  p r o d u c t I o n of
methyl ethyl pyr 1 d lni;:i

Centrifuge residue  from toluene  dllsocyanate
production

Spent  catalyst from  I: he hy d rochlo r Ina t o r
reactor  in the production of  1,1,1—-
trichloroetliane

Waste  from tlte product stream  stripper In
the  production of  I , I , I- t r Iclt ioroe t bane

Column bottom:;  or  In-.ivy rud:; I'rom tin: pro-
duction of  trlch I ororihyIene

Column bottoms;  of  heavy undti from the
production  o f  pe r •• h I o r oe I h y I e ne

Heavy e nils  I' rout  (In- .1 I :; I I I I a I I o n  o I'  vinyl
chloride  In  the  production  of  vinyl  chloride
 from ethyl cite  d Ich I. o r l-.le
                                     D-10

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste  Numbers
OLD
NEW
                                 Hazardous Waste
2019
5144
5145
5146
K031


K032


K033



K034
By-pro


Wastewater Lreatiuent  sLndi>ei; from tlie
production of  creosote

2,6-D waute  by-produc l..s  from thu production
of  2,4-D

Unro<:over«id  trlestcr  I i <,m t!»e  production  of
disulfoton

Still bottoina  from toluene reclamation
dint Illation  in t;he production  of disulfoton

Waatewater treatmeni  s Indues from the
production of  dlnuif.oton

WaHtewater treatnu-ui   :ilud|'t>ii Irom i li«
pfoduc t. Ion o(  uii> | hum y |

By-producta  «alta In  the  production  of MSMA
                                     D-ll

-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                               Hazardous  Waste
5166
5167
 6300


 2049


 7200

 4051

 4103


 3025
K038
K039
5168
6152
6153
5169
K040

K041
K042
K044
 K046
 K045


 K047
Liquid  and  solid wastes  from dm washing,
stripping  and filtering  of  phorate In
phorate production

Filter  cake from the  filtration of diethyl-
phospho»:odithor Ic acJd  In the production  of
phorate

Wastewater treatment  sludges from  the
production of phorate

Filter  cake  from the  filtration of  toxa-
phene solution  In production of toxaphene

Wastewater treatment  .sludges from  the
production of toxaphcne

Heavy ends of d I :H: I I I a l I on  n:s» « dunis  from the
dint Illation ol  to l raoh I orobon/.ene In  the
production of 2,4,!>-T

Waatewater L ritaCuuui.  i8lud»;«ii  fruia  the  manu-
 facture of oKi»lo«lv««: and  |> r .>,x-U a n t
 compounds

 Wastewatur tre;itinent sludges  from die pro-
 duction and  LAI' Initiating compounds

 Waoteu from  acetic auld recovery   in the
 production oE  RUX/HMX

 Catch  baaln  materials  In RUX/IIMX  production

 Spent  carbon columns u««d  In the  treatment  of
 wastewater LAP operations

 Red water and  pink watc.r sludges  from TNT
 production and LAP operations
                                     D-12

-------
 EPA Hazardous
 Waste Numbers
 OLD
 NEW
                                         Hazardous  Waste
 2021
 K086
 2022
5900
2023
K048
2024
K049
2025
2026
K050-
K051
Sludges/wastes from  tub wa ahes ' de r I veil  from
ink  formulations containing feedstocks-  or
pigments  of lead, chromium, barium,  cadmium,
arseuIc  or mercury

Wash  water/sludges from Ink pi'lnllng
equipment clean-up containing feedstocks
or p I gmen L s o t a r !i ..- u I .-. ,  lia r I un ,  c. a

Dissolved air  flotal:lou 
-------
EPA Hazardous
Waste Numbers
OLD
NEW
                                Hazardous  Waste
2044

2045


2046


2047


2048



4750


4912

4050

4913

2027

4551

2028
K052


K053


K054


K055


K056
K057
K058
K059
K087


K060

K061


K062

K063
Tank bottoms  (leaded) from  che  petroleum   ?. ,
refining  industry
Chrome  (blue) t r I mm I nj', "  l:rom leather
tanning  ami f Ln 1 uli I i»r.  'M»«' '" •• '  ' """

Chi-omc  ttlinvlugii  from leather tanning ami
finishing operations

Buffing dust  from  leather  tanning and
finishing  operation:}

Sewer  screenings from leather  tanning ; and
finishing

Waatewater treatment: iiludgt:  from leather
tanning and  f In IslH nj', ope rat louts except
for d e h a I r I n g

Wautewater treatment sludge  from d eh a I ring
operations in  leather tanning  and finishing
operations

Coking:   Decanter tank  l.a r / p I C ch/ s ludge

Coking:   Cauatlc n«u I. ra 1 l/.a t Ion waste

     ng:   Ammonia :; I I I I  I Into  :;lu.l|'<-
 Emission  control dii t: I / n ludge s 1: row  the
 electric  furnace production of  ateel

 Steel  Finishing:   Uasl:<:  pl<-.kl«t  liquor

 Steel  Finishing:   Wa.-ii..»  pl.:kle  liquor treat
 me n t  s I u A g e
                                     D-14

-------
 EPA  Hazardous
 Waste Numbers
 OLD
 NEW
                                            Hazardous  Waste
2030
2031
2032
2050
2033
2034
2051
2035
2036
2037
3024
K090
K091
K092
K089

K064
K065
K066
K067
K068
K088
2038


2051
K069
                            Emission  control  du ;j I. / 'a i ud j«e  from  ferro-
                            chromeH I llcon (l-'eCrSi)  production

                            Emission  control  dus I:/ o lud |-e  from  ferro-
                            cUromc  (l-'eCr) p c odur S I <> n

                            Emission  control  du;j t / a ludtju  from  ferro-
                            inauganti.se  (KeMii)  production
                            Lead-bear injj wnutewatcr t run time n t •  s lud
                            from gray  Iron fotuidrlei;
          coatrul du;; I. / i> I. lulyti  from reverhera-
tory  furnace  and r.oa vc rt u CH  from primary
copper p r o d u c. t: I o n

Wastewater and/or acid  plant  Slowdown
treatment s lud ye/ i nj'.xjn  KolLdsj  from
primary copper  p r odur I I on

So lid a from aiirf.u-. <•  i m point dniunt M at lead
smelters from  primary  lead production

Process wastewatcr and/or acid  plant blowdown
from  primary  zinc production

Eleccrolytlc  anode « I i me :: / aludj-e :> from
primary zinc  product Lou

Cadmium plant  leaclial:-:  residue  (iron oxide)
from  primary  zinc production

Spent  potltners  ( ca tltode :j ) from  primary
alumluum reduction

Em I s.'i Ion . con c ro 1  du:; i / a 1 u d j.t,  from .secondary
lead  smelting

Waste  leaching  solution  from  acid lencltlng
of omiafilon control du H I: / s lud }•<»  from
secondary  lead  umulti. n|>
                                     D-15

-------
EPA  Hazardous
Waste Numbers
                                    Hazardous  Waste
OLD
NEW
2039

2040

2041
                  HnatuwnLor  I fen Litu: nl  s I titl (•«; s  Irom'  load  actd
                         O  hat I: ttry  p r oil IK- I I «>u
                  Cleaii-ui> wafilirn  I mm  ..illn«l<-  .iml  anniU:  jiautt;
                  proJuc I: I on  from  l.'.ul  u- I il  halt cry  |»r oduc t I on

                  Wa ii titwa I "• i  I r«-ii I tin- u I  -i I «i«l j-f ::  Irom  nli-.lc«'l-
                  catlmLum  batLufy  |> roiluo l. I on
                                          D-16

-------
                         APPENDIX E
             INTERVIEW TOPICS FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE
                MANAGEMENT FACILITY OPERATORS
      Type of~ Data
     Detail Requested
 Facility description
Volumes  treated  or disposed
Current capacity
Future capacity
Critical factors
  influencing expansion
Innovative technology
Financial
 Services offered.
 Wastes  processed/refused
 Storage capability
 Compatibility with proposed
   ISS standards

 By waste management option
 Ultimate disposition

 By waste management option
 Capacity utilization
 Factors  related  to maximum
 •  utilization
 Capacity not  meeting ISS

 By year  (1981-1985)  and
   degree of commitment
 By waste management option
 New facilities
 Expansion at  existing
   facilities

 Technical
 Financial
 Legal
 Social/political

 Emerging  technologies
Advantages and disadvantages
Current  R&D effort
Economics
Commercial viability

Prices by waste management
  option
Sales (if not proprietary)  .
                           E-l

-------

-------
                         APPENDIX F
         METHODOLOGY  FOR ESTIMATING  VOLUMES  AND
             CAPACITIES  OF NONRESPONDENT  FIRMS
     Data on volumes  and  capacities  for  90  of  the  127
identified hazardous waste management  facilities were
obtained through both personal and telephone interviews!
Volume and capacity data  for the remaining  37  facilities
were estimated using  the  following three-step  process:

          Identify the services offered  and the waste
          streams accepted from the  list of identified
          industry participants provided by EPA.

          Identify a proxy facility,  for-which  volume
          and capacity data was collected in the same
          EPA region, which most closely  parallels  the
          services offered and waste streams accepted
          by the facility to be estimated.  If there
          was not a similar facility in  the same region,
          then a facility from an adjacent  region  was
          used.

          Assign the volume and capacity data  of the
          proxy facility  to the facility for which
          data were not available.

This approach was selected because it relied on current
data for facilities faced by similar market conditions.
Furthermore, no alternative current data exists in either
an aggregate or disaggregated form.

     For example, of  the  eight facilities identified in
Region I,  six-provided  data  on volume,  capacity,  type
of waste management services offered and types of  wastes
handled.  The remaining two facilities were contacted but
.did not respond to inquiries.  The data  for these  two
facilities were estimated through the following three-step
process:

          The facility descriptions provided by EPA
          identified both facilities -as  resource re-
          covery operations accepting solvents and
          providing chemical treatment of wastewaters.
                            F-l

-------
A similar facility was identified in Region-I
to estimate the volumes and capacities for
resource recovery operations.  For the chemical
treatment operations, no similar facility existed
in Region I, but a suitable proxy facility in
Region II was identified.

The data for the similar facilities were used
to estimate the volumes and capacity data for
the two nonrespondent facilities.
                   F-2

-------
                         APPENDIX G
            DESCRIPTIONS OF  THE  SIX  MAJOR TYPES
          OF HAZARDOUS  TREATMENT/DISPOSAL  PRACTICES
      Chemical,  physical  and biological  treatment includes  a
host  of  different  processes which  are designed to either
transform the hazardous  waste  into a non-hazardous material
and/or reduce the  volume of hazardous waste  to be ultimately
disposed.   The  choice  of the appropriate  process depends on
the chemical composition of the  waste,  the relative economics
and the  relevant state and  .Federal regulations.   For simpli-
city, the term  chemical  treatment  is used to refer to all
treatment processes.   Exhibit G-l, on  the following pages,
provides  a capsule summary  of  some of the various treatment
techniques in use.

      The  second waste  management option considered in this
study—resource recovery—is closely related to chemical
treatment techniques.  The only distinguishing characteristic
is that  the hazardous  "waste"  is partially transformed into
a usable  raw material  rather than  a non-hazardous waste.
Solvent  recovery operations and  waste oil re-refiners were
included  in this study only if they also  performed some
other waste management service.  In practice,  there are
believed  to be  hundreds  of  other firms  and individual entre-
preneurs  involved  with buying, selling  and recovering waste
that  will probably be  classified hazardous.

      The  third  waste management  option  considered is inciner-
ation.   Incineration of  hazardous  materials  involves the
controlled burning of  solids,  liquids or  gases.   The thermal
destruction of  the hazardous waste yields carbon dioxide,
water vapor and an inert ash as  the primary  outputs.   The
types of  wastes incinerated are  generally classified as
autogenous and  non-autogenous  materials depending on
whether  auxiliary  fuel is required for  sustained combustion.

      Typical types of  wastes which are  incinerated include
•oily  wastes, chlorinated hydrocarbons,  solvents  and pesti-
cides.   Several basic  incinerator  designs are used and
numerous  configurations  and design adaptations  have
been  developed  by  waste  management firms.  Incinerators
which are capable  of burning solids typically combine  a
rotary kiln with a secondary combustion chamber.
                           G-l

-------
                       EXHIBIT  G-l(l)
    Types of Chemical,  Physical and Biological Treatment
Type of
Treatment
Description
of Process
Examples of
Wastes Treated
Chemical Treatment

Neutralization
Oxidation
Coagulation
 Precipitation
 Reduction
Neutralizing agents
are reacted with
wastes to adjust
the pH level

Mixing of an oxi-
dizing agent with
waste to combine
with another com-
pound

Destabilization and
aggregation of
smaller particles
to make settling
easier

Addition of chemi-
cals to cause sep-
aration from a sol-
ution or suspension

Reduce the oxida-
tion state of a
material
Acids and alkalines
from chemical; pe-
troleum and metal plat-
ing industries

Reduced ferrous iron
from steel industry
Heavy metals
 Electroplating wastes
 Hexavalent  chromium
 salts
 Source:  Booz,  Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                             G-2

-------
                                             EXHIBIT G-l(2)
Type of
Treatment
Description
of Process
Examples of
Wastes Treated
Physical Treatment

Sedimentation


Distillation
Evaporation
Flotation
Removal of settled
suspended solids

Boiling a mixture
of liquids to ex-
tract a vapor of
the lower boiling
components

Concentration of
solids by boiling
off the solvent

Floating materials
to the surface by
attaching them to
air bubbles and then
skimming the surface
Biological Treatment
Aerobic
Anerobic
Microorganisms which
require oxygen for
their existence are
used to treat wastes

Microorganisms
which do not require
oxygen for their
existence are used
to treat wastes
Dissolved solrds
Halogenated and non-
halogenated solvents
Rinse waters from
metalplating


Organics
Sludges
High strength
organic waste
Source:  Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc.
                             G-3

-------
     One of the major problems  faced by  incinerators  is
their ability to meet current air emissions  standards.
Typically, incinerators must be equipped with  trace toxic
contaminant removal equipment and operate at very high
combustion temperatures.

     Deep-well injection  is the fourth waste management
option considered.  This  option involves pumping liquid
wastes into underground porous  formations isolated from
potable water and mineral bearing strata.  The material  is
intended to be permanently stored in these formations.
This practice has been used extensively  by the petroleum
industry to dispose of brines produced and separated  from
the oil.  The applicability of  deep-well injection to
hazardous waste disposal  is somewhat controversial.   Pro-
ponents argue that deep-well injection is a  safe option  for
a diverse variety of wastes.  However, some  states have
strict limitations on the types of wastes which can be
injected via deep wells,  limiting, such wastes  as chlorinated
hydrocarbons.

     Secure landfill is similar to deep-well disposal in
that the hazardous nature of the material is not changed,
rather it is isolated from human contact.  Land burial,  by
definition,  includes sanitary landfills and secure landfills.
Secure landfills,  by definition, are those which have been
designed with the intent of accepting hazardous waste.  These
facilities have an almost impermeable barrier  such as
a liner',  and a leachate collection and monitoring system.

     Land treatment, land farming or land spreading is a
form of biological treatment through soil incorporation.
The application of this technology was pioneered in the
petroleum industry.   The  liquid wastes are applied onto or
beneath the soil and periodically mixed to aid in aerobic
decomposition of the organic material.   Plots can be rotated
and reused.   Land treatment and solar evaporation have been
combined into one category for purposes of this study because
of the sometimes inseparable nature of these processes.   For
example,  some hazardous waste treatment facilities use ponds
for physical separation such as oil skimming and dewatering
by solar evaporation.   Then after the sediment has settled
and the water removed,  the bottoms of the ponds are dredged
and the material is spread on land for biological decomposition.
                            G-4

-------
                         APPENDIX H
             1985 NATIONAL FORECAST FOR CAPACITY
                 BY WASTE MANAGEMENT OPTION
     This appendix presents a forecast of off-site hazardous
waste management capacity for 1985.  These data have been
included as an appendix because the quality of these fore-
casts are not as good as the 1981 and 1982 forecasts.
The industry is changing so rapidly and there are
so many uncertainties involved that forecasting to 1985
becomes very imprecise.  The expansion plans reported by
the interviewed firms reflected a "wait and see" attitude
because of uncertainty over final RCRA requirements.
Furthermore, most firms interviewed reported that they did
not plan beyond 1982. .This limited planning horizon.may
introduce a significant downward bias in the capacity fore-
cast.  To attempt to account for this, upper bounds on
the forecasts were developed extrapolating the 1980-1982
growth rate out to 1985.  Exhibit H-l presents the national
forecasts of capacity and Exhibit H-2 shows the regional
breakdown of these forecasts.   The methodology used to
develop these forecasts is described in Appendix I.
                           H-l

-------
                        EXHIBIT H-l
             1985  National Forecast for Capacity
                By Waste Management Option
                  (Million Wet Metric Tons)
"V
/ !/
Total capacity, 1982 25.12 3.03
Total additions 1983-1985 0.23 0.35
. firm commitment
additions 0.01
. under study additions
. crystal ball
additions - 0.14
. inferred additions 0.22 0.21
Baseline end of year
capacity for 1985 8.311 3.38

-------
                                    EXHIBIT H-2
                       Hazardous Waste Management  Industry
                       1985  Baseline  Regional Forecast for
                       Capacity by Waste Management  Option1
                             (Million  Wet Metric Tons)

I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
TOTAL
LIFETIME
LANDFILL2
-0.023
-0.493
-0.053
5.87
0.14
2.39
0.05
-
0.35
0.07
8.31
ANNUAL
LAND TREATMENT
-

-
-
-
1.30
_
.06
1.94
.09
3.39
INCINERATION
0.06
0.13
0.13
0.22
0.32
0.90
. - "
"
0.31
-
1.87
CHEMICAL
TREATMENT
0.46
1.79
1.11
0.60
2.86
1.34
0.13
0.04
0.40
0.14
8.87
RESOURCE
RECOVERY
0.11
0.59
0.10
0.04
0.45
-
-
-
-
-
1,29
DEEP-WELL -
INJECTION
-
-
-
-
0.15
4.51
-
-
-
-
- 4.66
     IAS described more fully in the text  there is considerable uncertainty associated
      with these forecasts.
     2Assumes landfull utilization rate based on 1980 utilization or 5-year
      lifetime, whichever  is highest.  If  landfills _are not used this
      quickly, the capacity estimates  will be underestimates.
     ^Represents landfill  shortage that may shift to  landfill in the region.
Source:  Booz, Allen  & Hamilton Inc.

-------

-------
                        APPENDIX  I
      METHODOLOGY FOR DEVELOPING CAPACITY FORECASTS
     This appendix to the report discusses the methodology
used to develop the required capacity forecasts by treatment/
disposal method and region for the 1981-85 time frame.  The
capacity forecasts for 1981 and 1982 were presented in '
Chapter VI and the 1985 forecasts were presented in Appen-
dix H.  The methodology encompasses both the development
of point estimates of future capacity and the representation
of the level of uncertainty associated with these point
estimates.  Exhibit 1-1 presents an overview of the methodology.
The details are explained in the following paragraphs.

      (1)  Capacity Forecasts for the 1981-85 Time Frame Were
          Developed on the Basis-of Reported Data on Expansion
          Plans From Respondent Firms and Estimated Data for
          Nonrespondent Firms

          As depicted in Exhibit 1-1, reported data from the
     firm interviews encompassed expansion plans in many but
     not all cases.  Of the 90 .facilities where the survey
     yielded reported data on most topics, no information
     was available for 23 facilities with respect to planned
     capacity expansion over the 1981-85 time frame.  These
     23 facilities were combined with those 37 facilities
     where reported data was lacking on all topics.

          The technique used to infer the additions to
     capacity for each of these facilities required two steps:

               Calculate the average capacity growth rate
               for similar type facilities, in the region

               Apply this growth rate to the 1980 capacity
               for the facility.

          The capacity additions which had to be estimated
     by this technique are reported separately in Chapter VI
     under.the category inferred additions.

      (2)  Upper and Lower Ranges of Capacity Levels Were
          Developed To Reflect the Major Uncertainties
          Implicj.1: in the 1981-85 Capacity Estimates

          As depicted in Exhibit H-l, a range was developed
     for the capacity forecasts for the 1981-85 -period to
                            1-1

-------
                                                    EXHIBIT  1-1
                                    Overview of Methodology Used  to Develop
                                 Capacity  Forecasts for the Period 1981-1985
H
M
Reported Data On
Current Capacity
and Expansion Plans

  (67 Facilities)^
           Reported Data on
           Current Capacity

           (23 Facilities)
           Estimated  Data
           on Current
           Capacity
                                      Estimated
                                      Expansion Plans
                                      for Non-Reporting
                                      Facilities
                                                  Baseline
                                                  Capacity
                                                  Forecasts
                                                  (1981-85)
Adjustments
for Potential
Error Sources
and Major
Uncertainties


Capacity
Forecasts
(1981-85)

           (37 Facilities)

-------
appropriately reflect potential sources of error and
uncertainty implicit ..in the original point estimates.
Upper and lower bound estimates were developed to encom-
pass three of the four major categories of potential
error or uncertainty.  These include the following:

         Data deficiencies
         Sampling data
         Limited planning horizons of individual firms
     .'  Impact of other forces through time on the level
         of uncertainty.

Each source of potential error is discussed below.

     As previously'" discussed in Chapter  IV,  data
deficiencies are suspected  in  the 1980 capacity figures
reported by the surveyed firms and estimated for the
non-surveyed firms.  Since  these data served as the  ,
basis for the developed capacity estimates for the
1981-85 time frame,  the suspected or potential errors
will also be found in these capacity forecasts.  There-
fore, the estimated  error,  + 24 percent of baseline,
should be reflected  in the  capacity estimates for  each
year of the 1981-85'  period.                    .

     Estimation of the capacity levels over  the 1981-85
time frame  for nonrespondent firms on the basis of
reported data from respondent  firms introduces a second
potential source of  error.  To the extent.that the two
groups of firms  (facilities) are dissimilar with respect
to  future capacity expansion rates, the  resultant
industry capacity estimates will be biased.  Because
the conducted survey was based upon a voluntary as
opposed to  scientifically selected sample, such as random
sample, the potential sampling error could not, of course,
be  quantified.  However, the importance  of.this potential
error  source can be  assessed by determining  the sensi-
tivity of the resultant capacity forecasts to assumed
levels of sampling error.   A maximum sampling error  of
+ 20 percent was selected for the purpose of  sensitivity
analysis.   Since the sampling  error cannot be accurately
defined, the data ha_s__been  presented in  such a way as
to  facilitate the use of alternative assumptions for. the
sampling error.  The assumed sampling error of + 20  per-
cent was applied to  the annual growth rate estimates for
each waste management treatment disposal option.  The new
growth rates  (upper  and lower  bounds) were applied to the
nonrespondent firms.  Because  this 20 percent sampling
error  is only applied to the portion of  capacity inferred,
                        1-3

-------
the impact on the error range for total capacity is
much less.  For example, only 7 percent of landfill
capacity was inferred and the sampling error is calcu-
lated as follows:
     ;Sampling\
      error   I
             /
       (0.014)
_  /Inferred \/Sampling'
~  ( capacity ](  error
   \additions/\        /

      (0.07) x  (0.20)
     The limited planning horizon of most surveyed firms
introduces another potential source of error or
uncertainty in the developed capacity forecasts  for each
hazardous waste treatment/disposal option.  In essence,
we have developed capacity forecasts through 1985 while
most surveyed firms reported that their current  planning
horizon for new and/or expanded facilities does  not go
beyond 1982.  To focus properly on the potential signifi-
cance of this source of uncertainty, we developed capacity
forecasts for 1983-85 based on two scenarios:

          Scenario 1:  Firms  (facilities) were assumed to
          have no capacity expansion above that  which was
          reported or inferred for the period 1983-85.
          The baseline capacity forecasts incorporated
          this scenario.

          Scenario 2:  Firms  (facilities) were assumed
          to expand capacity over the 1983-85 period at
          the same rate shown for the 1981-82 period.
          This scenario was employed to calculate the
          extrapolated upper bound on the capacity forecasts.

     The fourth potential source of error cannot be
quantified and is generic to all forecasts.  The un-
certainty associated with forecasts increases as a
function of time; therefore, forecasts for 1 year in
the future are more certain than for 3 years in  the
future.  We have also assumed that existing facilities
will continue to operate in the future.  Clearly then,
the proper reflection of increased, uncertainty over         ;
time would entail a further widening per year of the
upper and lower limits on the capacity estimates from
1981-85.  Although there is no theoretical or empirical
basis to quantify this uncertainity, the EPA contractor
recognizes this phenomenon and states that its potential
influence was not explicitly factored into the capacity
ranges presented.
                       1-4

-------
     To quantify the range of error, the methodology
accounts for data deficiencies, sampling error, and
error due to the limited planning horizon as displayed
in Exhibit 1-2 on the following page.  Using the esti-
mated growth rates presented earlier as the baseline
forecast, the upper bound of potential error is derived
in accordance with the following steps:

          Data deficiency:  Add 24 percent of base.line

          Sampling error:  Add 20 percent times the
          inferred additions

          Planning horizon error:  Add an extrapolation
          of growth rates for the 1981-82 period.

The lower bound of potential error is based on the
following calculations:
          Data deficiency:
          baseline
Subtract 24 percent of
          Sampling error:  Subtract 20 percent times
          the additions to capacity inferred.
                      1-5

-------
                              EXHIBIT 1-2
                 Impact  of Error Source on Baseline
                           Capacity Forecasts
Capacity
                       Forecast  upper
                       bound
                                         Error due  to
                                         limited planning
                                         horizon
                                                        Sampling  error
                                                        Data deficiency
                                                        error
                                                        Baseline forecast

                                                        Data deficiency
                                                        error
                                                        Sampling error
                                               Forecast lower bound
       1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
                                  1-6

-------
                         APPENDIX J
                EMERGING HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT
                      AND DISPOSAL TECHNOLOGIES


     Past reliance on  land disposal  of  hazardous  waste has
resulted in serious environmental and health problems through-
out the country.  EPA  estimates  that perhaps 2,000 land
disposal sites could pose unacceptable  threats to the neigh-
boring populations.1 The difficulties associated  with simply
"storing" hazardous waste on these sites has stimulated
research toward development of new technologies that will
either destroy or detoxify the wastes.

     This chapter will briefly discuss  13 of the  more
promising technologies now emerging  as  a result of recent
research and development efforts.  The  technologies are
listed alphabetically  below:

          Cement kilns
          Chlorinolysis
          Co-mingling
          Fluidized-bed incineration
          Incineration-at-sea
          Land treatment
          Microwave plasma destruction
          Molten salt  combustion
          Molten sodium decomposition
          Ozonation
          Solidification
          UV radiation
          Wet air oxidation.

     The purpose of the chapter  is to give some sense of
technology trends and  how they might affect  the future mix
of treatment and disposal methods.   Although few  quantitative
conclusions can be made on exactly how  disposal capacity
might be increased as  a result of the commercialization of
innovative technologies, the chapter provides  a perspective
on this issue as a preface to the discussion of individual
technologies.

     The approach applied has been to review the  literature
and to rely on both phone and face-to-face interviews with
staff of waste management firms  and  U.S.  EPA.   A  bibliography
and list of interviewees (beyond  these  people  interviewed  as
part of the other tasks on the overall  assignment)  are in-
included in Exhibit J-l.
    Hazardous Waste  Information, U0S0  Environmental Protection Agency,
    February 1980.

-------
                       EXHIBIT J-l
              Additional  Interviews Performed
             To Identify  Emerging Technologies


1.   Thomas Baugh
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
     Cincinnati, Ohio

2.   Barbara H. Edwards
     Ebon Research Systems
     Washington, D.C.

3.   Gene Krumpler
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Office of Solid Waste
     Washington, D.C.

4.   George Kush
     National Solid Wastes Management Association
     Washington, D.C.

5.   Kent E. Patterson
     Environmental Resources Management, Inc.
     West Chester, Pennsylvania

6.   Irving Susel
     Sobotka and Company,  Inc.
     Washington, D.C.

7.   Leo Weitzman
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
     Cincinnati, Ohio
                           J-2

-------
1.   RECENT R&D EFFORTS HAVE BEEN AIMED TOWARD DETOXIFICATION
     AND DESTRUCTION.  ALTHOUGH MANY EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES
     SHOW PROMISE, MAJOR COMMERCIALIZATION IS QUESTIONABLE.

     Hazardous waste technology research and development
(R&D) activities have increased substantially in the past
few years.  Some waste management firms are actively pursuing
modified technologies but it appears that the principal actors
involved in R&D are the U.S. EPA-Cincinnati, universities,
and waste generators.  In addition, a considerable amount of
research is being undertaken in Europe.  In this country,
research activities conducted by the EPA will probably have
the widest applicability since waste generators typically
develop technologies (or perhaps more appropriately treatment
systems) which are designed to treat a very specific waste
stream.  The EPA's technology program historically has
viewed wastes more generically than this.  However, the EPA
program has received a recent change in emphasis.  Future
efforts will focus on waste stream characterization as a
result of the promulgation of the RCRA Section 3001 regulations.
It is probable that because of this shift toward analyzing
and, characterizing specific waste streams, the technology
development program will move more toward designing systems
to treat individual not generic classes of"wastes.

     Typically, recent technology developments have been
driven by one underlying philosophy; no hazardous waste
should be buried without undergoing the maximum amount of
detoxification or destruction feasible.  Thus, a variety of
traditional technologies  (e.g., incineration) and more
exotic chemical and physical detoxification technologies
(e.g., microwave plasma) have received great emphasis.
Most technologies, however, are in the very early stages
of development.  Exhibit J-2, on the following page, shows
that even some of the more traditional incineration technologies
(e.g., fluidized bed) have not been developed beyond demon-
stration scale for the treatment of hazardous wastes.  The
more exotic and sophisticated technologies are even less
developed, most being tested presently at bench scale.

     Although many technologies do show promise,  there are
several factors that would lead one to believe that major
commercialization of innovative technologies is questionable..

          Existing technology—Most major waste manage-
          ment firms believe that existing technologies
          will handle the great majority of wastes in
          an environmentally acceptable fashion.   These
          firms believe that investments in other areas
          (particularly siting)  will  be more  lucrative.
                            J-3

-------
                            EXHIBIT J-2
          Approximate Commercialization Status  of
           Emerging Hazardous Waste Treatment  and
                      Disposal Technologies
Commercialization Status
Bench-scale
Technologies •

Molten sodium decomposition
Chlorinolysis
Ozonation
Wet air oxidation
Microwave plasma destruction
Ultraviolet radiation
Pilot plant
Land treatment (except  for
 petroleum and pharmaceu-
 tical wastes)
Cement kilns
Molten salt combustion
Demonstration facility **
                                       Fluidized-bed combustion
Commercial operation
Solidification (in Europe),,
Co-mingling (in California)
Incineration-at-sea
      RSD at the  laboratory stage.

      Differs from pilot plant status in that the types  of hazardous
      waste handled at a demonstration facility represent actual rather
      than simulated conditions  (subject to the variability of incoming
      types of wastes) and the major equipment is operated consistent
      with commercialization goals (i.e., continuous processing if
      applicable  and sized at or near a commercial operations capacity).
Source:   Booz,  Allen  & Hamilton Inc.
                                  J-4

-------
 Siting—Most  new  technologies  will  do  little
.to  alleviate  siting  as  the major  issue sur-
 rounding  hazardous waste management.   Although
 the  technologies  do  for the most  part  detoxify
 the  wastes, there is  still the problem of
 transporting  the  wastes to the site and the
 problems  associated with operating  safety and
 the  probable  inability  to guarantee 100 percent '
 destruction.

 Cost—It  is probable  that emerging  technologies
 will become somewhat  more price competitive with
 traditional disposal  as RCRA design standards  take
 effect.-   However, it  is unlikely  that  this will
 happen within the 1980-85 time frame.

 Waste purity—Unfortunately, as discussed  later,  many
 of  the  technologies  require very  "pure" wastes to worK:
 effectively.  That is,  the operation of the
 physical  or chemical  process can  be inhibited
 or upset  if a noncompatible waste is present
 (e.g., organic materials present  in a  waste
 being stabilized  to cement-like consistency can
 weaken considerably the strength of the
 resultant solid).  Thus, some  technologies
 require significant waste separation prior to
use.  This reduces the applicability of the
method where waste separation  is infeasible and
 increases the costs where separation is feasible
and practiced.

Reliability—Reliability is a key factor in
considering the potential for commercializa-
tion of any technology.   Unfortunately,
reliability can only be tested under actual
operating conditions.  Since by definition there
 are no historical reliability  data for  emerging
 technologies,  waste management firms are often
disinclined toward purchasing or developing a
particular technology given the extent of the risks
and the size of the investment.
                  J-5

-------
          Timing—The difficulties in moving a technology
          forward from a bench-scale operation to full
          commercialization are many, and in some instances
          have proven insurmountable.  If municipal solid
          waste resource recovery technology is any indi-
          cator, many of the emerging technologies could
          take 10 to 20 years before full-scale operation
          is proven feasible.

     In summary, there is a moderately promising future, for
emerging technologies.  With the enactment and more recently
the implementation of RCRA, proper disposal techniques will
be in demand ever more frequently.  Yet because most of the
emerging technologies are at very early stages of development,
it appears that the more innovative technologies will not
penetrate the market to a significant degree in the next
5 years.

2.   MANY OF THE EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES ARE HIGHLY WASTE
     SPECIFIC, AND THEIR EVENTUAL MARKET'POTENTIAL MAY BE
     LIMITED

     Thirteen technologies have been selected for review
because of their market potential.  Some technologies are
exotic, some not, some were developed particularly for
hazardous waste disposal, and some were transferred from
other applications.  The technologies are presented here in
alphabetical order making no judgments on ultimate worth or
commercialization success.  As stated previously, the
technologies are designed principally for hazardous waste
detoxification or destruction.  -The reviews are designed
to be brief.  The list of references in Exhibit J-3 provided
the basis for the findings and should be consulted for
further information.
      (1)  Cement Kilns

          The Canadian government has demonstrated that
      chlorinated hydrocarbons can be used as a boiler
      fuel in the manufacture of cement.  In 1974, at
      St. Lawrence Cement Co. in Ontario, 330,000 gallons
      of waste lubricating oils were successfully burned
      in a cement kiln.  In 1976, PCBs and other chlorin-
      ated organic wastes were destroyed.  Similar tests
      in Sweden have demonstrated a PCB destruction
      efficiency of 99.99998 percent.  As a result, cement
      kilns have received considerable attention recently
      as a reliable method which can handle a variety of
      wastes.  However, because of liability issues there
      is hesitancy on  the part of the cement industry to
      use the wastes.  Moreover, local opposition is a
      problem typically and" it is not yet clear which
      classes of wastes are compatible.with the cement-
      making process.

                            J-6

-------
                         EXHIBIT J-3
         References Presenting Additional Details
                  on Emerging Technologies
 2.
 5


 6.
 9,


10,


11,
 Berkowitz,  J.B.,  et  al.,  Unit  Operations  for Treatment
 of  Hazardous  Industrial Wastes,  Noyes  Data Corporation,
 Park  Ridge, New Jersey, 1978.

 Booz, Allen Applied  Research,  Inc.,  "A Study of
 Hazardous Waste Materials,  Hazardous Effects and
 Disposal Methods," NTIS Report PB221466,  July 1973.

 Edwards, B.H.  and Paullin,  J.N.,  "Emerging Technologies
 for the Destruction  of Hazardous  Wastes,"  presented  at
 the Sixth Annual  Hazardous  Waste  Research Symposium,
 Chicago, Illinois, March  1980.

 "Hazardous  Waste  News," published by Business
 Publishers, Inc., Silver  Spring,  Maryland,  multiple
 issues.

 "Hazardous  Waste  Report," published by Aspen Systems
 Corporation,  Germantown,  Maryland, multiple issues.

 Henry, D.L.,  "Incineration  at  Sea," presented at six
 Seminars on Disposal'of Hazardous Wastes,  sponsored
 by  the Chemical Manufacturers  Association,  November 1979-
 March 1980.

 Landreth, R.E., et al., "Promising Technologies  for
 Treatment of  Hazardous Wastes," U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Report PB 238  145,  November 1974.

 Maugh, T.H.,  "Hazardous Wastes Technology Is  Available,"
 in  Science, Vol.  204, June  1,  1979.

 Maugh, T.H.,  "Incineration, Deep  Wells  Gain New
 Importance,"  in Science, Vol.  204, June 15,  1979.

 Maugh, T.H.,  "Burial is Last Resort for Hazardous
 Wastes," in Science, Vol.  204, June 22, 1979.

 Novak, R.G. and Clark, J.N., "Impact of RCRA  on
 Hazardous Waste Incineration System Design,"  presented
 at  six Seminars on Disposal of Hazardous Wastes  spon-
 sored by the Chemical Manufacturers Association,
November 1979-March 1980.
                           J-7

-------
                      EXHIBIT J-3  (Continued)
12.  Pojasek, R.B., "Solid Waste Disposal:  Solidification,"
     Chemical Engineering, 86(17),-pp. 141-145, August 13,
     1979.

13.  Powers, P.W.,  How to Dispose of Toxic Substances and
     Industrial Wastes, Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge,
     New Jersey, 1976.

14.  Ross, D., "The Burning Issue:  Incineration of Hazardous
     Wastes," in Pollution Engineering, August 1979.

15.  "Technology for Managing Hazardous Wastes," a report
     prepared by Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute for the
     New York State Environmental Facilities Corporation,
     September 1, 1979.

16.  Weitzman, L. ,  "Alternative's to Land Disposal,"
     presented at six Seminars on Disposal of Hazardous
     Wastes sponsored by the Chemical Manufacturers
     Association, November 1979-March 1980.
                             J-i

-------
 (2)  Chlorinolysis

     Herbicide orange,  still bottoms  from  organic
manufacturing processes, and pesticides  can be con-
verted by chlorinolysis to carbon tetrachloride.
The technology involves adding chlorine  to the waste
in a special nickle-stainless steel reactor under
certain temperatures and pressures.   The severe
oxidizing and corrosive environment requires these
special reactor materials, increasing the  cost of -
this method substantially.  in addition, impurities
in the'waste stream, particularly sulfur at extremely
low concentrations, can cause either  unwanted by-
products or system poisoning.  Further studies are
underway to determine the .ultimate feasibility of
this technology.

(3)  Co-mingling

     The practice of co-mingling hazardous waste
with nonhazardous wastes in land burial sites has
been widespread for years.  If done improperly or
arbitrarily-severe problems can result.  However,
in California the practice has been refined such
that only compatible wastes are disposed of together
and that in all other cases extreme steps  are taken
to assure isolation.  The results on  this method
are not yet conclusive.   California officials have
expressed some concern because the:process kinetics
of the mingling and the ultimate disposition of the
hazardous wastes are not known for sure.

(4)  Fluidized-bed Incineration

     Fluidized-beds have been used in petroleum
refining since the 1920s,  but it is only recently
that hazardous wastes have been combusted in them.
The process has been used to destroy oil refinery
wastes, carbon black, spent pulping liquor, chlor-
inated hydrocarbons, and phenol.   This process
involves forcing the waste fluid or gas upward
through a bed of solid particles at a rate such
that the solids remain in suspension.   The resultant
complete mixing enhances oxidation with a minimum of
excess oxygen and temperature.   The most serious
disadvantage of this technology is the potential
for salt fusion and subsequent defluidization of the
bed.  This is due to the formation of low-melting
point mixtures resulting from the incineration of
diverse materials.  As with other incineration options
high construction costs are also a problem.
                      J-9

-------
 (5)  Incineration-at-Sea

     There are now two functioning incinerator  ships;
the Vulcanus and the Matthias  II.  The Vulcanus has
successfully destroyed chlorinated hydrocarbons and
dioxins.  EPA monitored the tests and found  destruc-
tion essentially complete with no hazardous  by-products,
Since dioxin is among the most difficult wastes to
dispose of completely, and since air pollution  control
measures are not required on these vessels,  the success
of the first tests would seem  to indicate  a  bright
future.  However, potential regulatory problems  with
discharges to the ocean (e.g., Clean Water Act  Section
403(c) criteria) and the fact  that sizeable  port
storage facilities are probably required,  the promise
of this technology remains questionable.

(6)  Land Treatment

     Landfarming of oily refinery sludges has been
practiced in this country for  over 25 years.   Other
materials that have been successfully landfarmed
include sludges from paper mills and fruit canneries,
pharmaceutical wastes, and some organic chemical
wastes.  The practice involves the spreading of  or-
ganic wastes onto land and subsequently mixing  the
waste with surface soil to aerate the mass arid  expose
the waste to soil microorganisms which will  decompose
the waste.  The 'technical requirements of  RCRA  will
probably constrict the use of  landfarming  to suitable
hydrogeological areas.  Also,  landfarming  does  require
large areas of  land and the technology is  not appro-
priate for wastes containing significant quantities
of heavy metals or other contaminants that are  not
biodegradable.

 (7)  Microwave Plasma Destruction

     Microwave plasma has been evaluated in  the
laboratory as a means of destroying pesticides  and
other highly toxic materials.  Destruction rates
range from 99 percent to 99.9999 percent.  In this
technology electrons are accelerated in a  cavity
such that the average electron has sufficient energy
to dissociate a molecule or fragment on collision.
The problems with this technology are that it is
only in its early development  and thus far,  only
very small cavities can be constructed.
                       J-10

-------
  (8)  Molten Salt Combustion

      In this process, waste and air are continually
 introduced under the surface of molten sodium car-
 bonate which is kept at a temperature of 800°C to
 1-, 000°C.  The intimate contact of the air and waste
 with the hot salt produces immediate and complete
 combustion.   The process has been tested with a
 variety of organic wastes and some low-level radio-
 active wastes.   Destruction rates greater than 99.99
 percent have been observed.   Unfortunately, the
 technology is only in the experimental stage and
 the costs could be prohibitive.


  (9)  Molten Sodium Decomposition

      Scientists at the Franklin Research Center have
 found that molten sodium metal,  in the appropriate
 solvent medium, can function as a broad-based chemical
 reactant.  In tests to date the technology has demon-
 strated complete combustion of PCBs and experiments
 are underway to study kepone destruction.   This tech-
 nology is also in its infancy.

 (10)  Ozonation

      For years  ozone (03)  has been used a-s an oxidiz-
 ing/disinfection agent in wastewater treatment,
 particularly municipal systems in Europe.   -A procedure
 for evaluating chemical compounds susceptible to oxone
 oxidation has been developed by  Fochtman and Dobb-s.   The
 applicability of.this technology to hazardous waste is
 still being  studied.

 (11)  Solidification

      A  great  amount of  private R&D has  gone into
 the chemical  solidification  of wastes—the  develop-
 ment  of .techniques  to bind the wastes into  a coherent
 mass  before burial  so that leaching  of  toxic materials
 into  the  groundwater  is minimized.   This method  is
 particularly  appropriate for  "dirty" inorganic wastes
 such  as  industrial  sludges.  Four  techniques are
 available: cement-based techniques,  lime-based tech-
 niques, thermoplastic binders, and organic binders.
 Solidification is used very little in this country
 but has experienced greater utilization in Europe.
 Unfortunately, long-term monitoring of  this  method
 is needed to determine the ultimate disposition of the
 solid material.  In addition, organic contaminants
can weaken significantly the cement or other solid
material.
                      J-ll

-------
     (12) UV Radiation

          UV radiation has been used in conjunction with
     other treatment technologies to destroy hazardous
     wastes.  The Atlantic Research Corporation_has
     developed a process for breaking and reducing car-
     bon-halogen bonds in wastes.  The compounds are
     dissolved in methanol and treated with UV radiation
     and hydrogen.  A high percentage of destruction was
     reported for kepone and PCBs.  Wastes have also
     been degraded successfully using ozone and UV
     radiation together.  Thus, UV radiation shows con-
     siderable promise as a supplementary technology.

     (13) Wet Air Oxidation

          Wet air oxidation has been used largely as a
     method of conditioning wastewater treatment sludges,
     and to a limited extent for the treatment of waste-
     water as well.  It does, however, have the potential
     to be used as an alternative to incineration for
     certain types of wastes.  Wet air oxidation is accom-
     plished by adding air to an aqueous mixture of organics
     under pressure and elevated temperature.  This tech-
     nology is generally suitable for streams containing
     about 1-30 percent organics by weight.  Laboratory
     demonstrations thus far show good destruction of
     cyanides and chlorinated organics.
     The technologies presented in this, appendix are not
meant to be a comprehensive compilation of all emerging
technologies or systems of technologies.  Activated carbon,
ion exchange, and ultrafiltration are three examples of
other innovative technologies perhaps suitable for hazard-
ous waste.  In addition, industrial waste exchanges have
shown some promise as a means to recycle or recover useful
components in waste.  All of these technologies together
will form the future system of alternatives.  The question
remains, however, as to the extent to which each technology
will penetrate the market.
                                                  pa 2004
                                                  SW-894
ttU.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I 980-341 -082/132
                           J-12

-------